e424b3
Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-129368
|
|
PROSPECTUS |
|
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
EXCHANGE OFFER FOR
$150,000,000
8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013
We are offering to exchange:
up to $150,000,000 of our new 8% Senior Notes due 2013,
Series B
for
a like amount of our outstanding 8% Senior Notes due 2013.
Material Terms of Exchange Offer
|
|
|
|
|
The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange
offer are substantially identical to the outstanding notes,
except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights
relating to the outstanding notes will not apply to the exchange
notes. |
|
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes will be guaranteed jointly and severally by
each of our domestic subsidiaries on a senior basis. |
|
|
|
There is no existing public market for the outstanding notes or
the exchange notes. We do not intend to list the exchange notes
on any securities exchange or seek approval for quotation
through any automated trading system. |
|
|
|
You may withdraw your tender of notes at any time before the
expiration of the exchange offer. We will exchange all of the
outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn. |
|
|
|
Based upon interpretations by the Staff of the SEC, we believe
that subject to some exceptions, the exchange notes may be
offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act. |
|
|
|
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on January 4, 2006, unless extended. |
|
|
|
The exchange of notes will not be a taxable event for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. |
|
|
|
The exchange offer is not subject to any condition other than
that it not violate applicable law or any applicable
interpretation of the Staff of the SEC. |
|
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. |
For a discussion of certain factors that you should consider
before participating in this exchange offer, see Risk
Factors beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has
approved the notes to be distributed in the exchange offer, nor
have any of these organizations determined that this prospectus
is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
December 5, 2005
We have not authorized anyone to give any information or
represent anything to you other than the information contained
in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized
information or representations.
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities
Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with
resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding
notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of
180 days after the expiration date (as defined herein), we
will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use
in connection with any such resale. See Plan of
Distribution.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
ii |
|
|
|
|
ii |
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
|
F-1 |
|
This prospectus incorporates business and financial
information about the company that is not included in or
delivered with this prospectus. This information is available
free of charge to security holders upon written or oral request
to: Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., 6530 West Campus Oval,
New Albany, Ohio 43054; Attention: Chief Financial Officer
(telephone (614) 289-5360).
INDUSTRY, MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER DATA
Unless otherwise indicated, the industry, market, ranking and
other similar data contained in this prospectus, including
statements regarding our being a leader and one of the largest
participants in our industry and regarding the breadth of our
product offering, are based upon internal company surveys;
studies and research related to the truck components industry
and its segments, as well as the truck industry in general; and
upon information from independent industry publications,
including ACT Research. None of the independent industry
publications was prepared on our or our affiliates behalf
and ACT Research has not consented to the inclusion of any data
from its reports, nor have we sought their consent. While
management believes this data and its estimates and beliefs
based on such data, to be reasonable, industry, market, ranking
and other similar data is subject to change and cannot always be
verified with complete certainty due to limits on the
availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature
of the data gathering process and other limitations and
uncertainties inherent in any statistical survey of market size.
In addition, consumption patterns and customer preferences can
and do change.
TRADEMARKS
Prutsmantm,
Moto
Mirrortm,
RoadWatch® and Mayflower® are some of our trademarks.
Other brand names or trademarks appearing in this prospectus are
the property of their respective owners.
ii
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus but might not contain all of the information
that is important to you. Before participating in the exchange
offer, you should read the entire prospectus carefully,
including the Risk Factors section and the
consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
We conduct our business through our operating subsidiaries,
each of which is a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. For purposes of this prospectus,
unless the context otherwise requires, all references herein to
our company, Commercial Vehicle Group,
we, us and our refer to
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries
and their predecessors after giving effect to the acquisitions
of substantially all of the assets and liabilities related to
Mayflower Vehicle Systems North American Commercial
Vehicle Operations and the stock of Monona Corporation, the
parent of Monona Wire Corporation, as described on page 5,
which we refer to as the Mayflower acquisition and
the MWC acquisition, respectively. Unless otherwise
indicated, statement of operations data included herein for 2004
and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and
presented on a pro forma basis give effect to the Mayflower
acquisition and the MWC acquisition as if they had each occurred
on January 1, 2004. Original equipment manufacturers are
referred to herein as OEMs.
Our Company
We are a leading supplier of fully integrated system solutions
for the global commercial vehicle market, including the
heavy-duty truck market, the construction and agriculture
markets and the specialty and military transportation markets.
As a result of our strong leadership in cab-related products and
systems, we are positioned to benefit from the increased focus
of our customers on cab design and comfort and convenience
features to better serve their end user, the driver. Our
products include suspension seat systems, interior trim systems
(including instrument panels, door panels, headliners, cabinetry
and floor systems), cab structures and components, mirrors,
wiper systems, electronic wire harness assemblies and controls
and switches specifically designed for applications in
commercial vehicles.
We are differentiated from suppliers to the automotive industry
by our ability to manufacture low volume customized products on
a sequenced basis to meet the requirements of our customers. We
believe that we have the number one or two position in most of
our major markets and that we are the only supplier in the North
American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete cab
systems including cab body assemblies, sleeper boxes, seats,
interior trim, flooring, wire harnesses, panel assemblies and
other structural components. We believe our products are used by
virtually every major North American commercial vehicle OEM,
which we believe creates an opportunity to cross-sell our
products and offer a fully integrated system solution.
We pursue growth in sales and earnings by offering our customers
innovative products and system solutions, emphasizing continuous
improvement in the operating performance of our businesses and
by acquiring businesses that expand our product range, augment
our system solution capabilities, strengthen our customer
relationships and expand our geographic footprint. In the past
year, we have separately acquired three commercial vehicle
supply businesses that meet these acquisition criteria.
|
|
|
|
|
On February 7, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the
assets and liabilities related to Mayflower Vehicle
Systems North American Commercial Vehicle Operations
(Mayflower) for $107.5 million. This
acquisition makes us the only non-captive producer of steel and
aluminum cabs and sleeper box assemblies for the North American
Class 8 truck market. The Mayflower acquisition will allow
us to offer our truck customers a completely furnished vehicle
cab and provide us earlier visibility on cab structure designs
and concepts, which will provide us with advantages in our other
cab products. |
|
|
|
On June 3, 2005 we acquired the stock of Monona
Corporation, the parent of Monona Wire Corporation
(MWC), for $55.0 million. MWC specializes in
low volume electronic wire harnesses and instrument panel
assemblies and also assembles cabs for the construction market.
The MWC acquisition will enhance our ability to offer integrated
electronics and instrument panel |
1
|
|
|
|
|
assemblies, expand our cab assembly capabilities into new end
markets and provide us with a world class Mexican assembly
operation strategically located near several of our existing OEM
customers. |
|
|
|
On August 8, 2005, we acquired all of the stock of Cabarrus
Plastics, Inc. (CPI) for $12.1 million, and CPI
became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle
Group. CPI is a manufacturer of custom injection molded products
primarily for the recreational vehicle market. |
Approximately 59% of our pro forma 2004 sales were to the
leading heavy-duty truck OEMs, Freightliner (DaimlerChrysler),
PACCAR, International (Navistar) and Volvo/ Mack. The MWC
acquisition increases our presence in the construction and
agriculture market particularly at Caterpillar and
Deere & Co., as well as Oshkosh Truck Corporation, a
leader in manufacturing specialty, emergency and military
vehicles, which we believe are less cyclical than certain of our
other markets. Approximately 84% of our pro forma 2004 sales
were in North America, with the balance in Europe and Asia. The
following charts depict our pro forma 2004 net sales by product
category, end market served, and customer served.
Demand for commercial vehicles is expected to continue to
improve in 2005 due to a variety of factors, including a broad
economic recovery in North America, the need to replace aging
truck fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight
volumes and improving hauler profits. According to ACT Research,
the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) unit build rates
are expected to grow from 269,000 units in 2004 to over
341,000 units in 2009, a compound annual growth rate of 5%.
This trend is reflected in the North American heavy-duty
(Class 8) production of approximately 260,000 units in
the nine months ended September 30, 2005, an increase of
36% from the same period in 2004. The medium-duty truck,
commercial and heavy equipment, and military and specialty
vehicle markets tend to be less cyclical than the heavy-duty
(Class 8) market and are growing due to a broad economic
recovery, improved technologies in commercial vehicles and
equipment and the acceleration of worldwide purchases due to
growth in the end markets served by our customers. The market
for construction equipment is particularly dependent on the
level of major infrastructure construction and repair projects
such as highways, dams and harbors, which is in the early stages
of growth due to broad economic recovery and developing market
expansion, particularly in Asia.
For the year ended December 31, 2004 and the
nine months ended September 30, 2005, our sales were
$380.4 million and $554.4 million, respectively, and
our net income was $17.4 million and $37.0 million,
respectively. On a pro forma basis, sales for the year ended
December 31, 2004 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 would have been $671.0 million and
$620.2 million, respectively, and after giving effect to
the offering of the outstanding notes, which was completed in
July 2005, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom
(the offering of the outstanding notes) and the
offering of 2,671,229 shares of our common stock (including
the underwriters over-allotment option), which was
completed in July 2005, the exercise of managements
options to purchase 217,404 shares of our common
2
stock and the application of the net proceeds therefrom
(collectively, the equity offering), net income
would have been $28.2 million and $40.4 million,
respectively. At September 30, 2005, we had total
indebtedness of $191.6 million and stockholders
equity of $189.3 million.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:
Leading Market Positions and Brands. We believe that we
are the leading supplier of seating systems and interior trim
products, the only non-captive manufacturer of Class 8
truck body systems (which includes cab body assemblies), the
second largest supplier of wiper systems and mirrors for the
North American commercial vehicle market and the largest global
supplier of construction vehicle seating systems. Our products
are marketed under brand names that are well known by our
customers and truck fleet operators. These brands include KAB
Seating, National Seating, Trim Systems, Sprague Devices,
Sprague Controls,
Prutsmantm,
Moto
Mirrortm,
RoadWatch® and Mayflower®. The Mayflower and MWC
acquisitions gave us the capability to achieve market leadership
across a broader spectrum of commercial vehicle systems,
including complete truck cab assemblies and electrical wire
systems. We expect to benefit from leveraging our customer
relationships and dedicated sales force to cross-sell a broader
range of products and position ourselves as the leading provider
of complete cab systems to the commercial vehicle marketplace.
Comprehensive Cab Product and Cab System Solutions. We
believe that we offer the broadest product range of any
commercial vehicle cab supplier. We manufacture approximately 50
product categories, many of which are critical to the interior
and exterior subsystems of a commercial vehicle cab. In
addition, through our acquisitions of Mayflower and MWC, we
believe we are the only supplier worldwide with the capability
to offer complete cab systems in sequence, integrating interior
trim and seats with the cab structure and the electronic wire
harness and instrument panel assemblies. We also utilize a
variety of different processes, such as urethane molding, vacuum
forming and twin shell vacuum forming, that enable
us to meet each customers unique styling and cost
requirements. The breadth of our product offering enables us to
provide a one-stop shop for our customers, who
increasingly require complete cab solutions from a single supply
source. As a result, we believe that we have a substantial
opportunity for further customer penetration through
cross-selling initiatives and by bundling our products to
provide complete system solutions.
End-User Focused Product Innovation. A key trend in the
commercial vehicle market is that OEMs are increasingly focused
on cab design, comfort and features to better serve their end
user, the driver, and our customers are seeking suppliers that
can provide product innovation. We have a full service
engineering and product development organization that
proactively presents solutions to OEMs to meet these needs and
enables us to increase our overall content on current platforms
and models. Examples of our recent innovations that are expected
to result in better cost and performance parameters for our
customers include: a new high performance air suspension seating
system; a back cycler mechanism designed to reduce driver
fatigue; a RoadWatch® system installed in a mirror base to
detect road surface temperature; an aero-molded mirror; and a
low-weight, cost effective tubular wiper system design.
Flexible Manufacturing Capabilities and Cost Competitive
Position. Because commercial vehicle OEMs permit their
customers to select from an extensive menu of cab options, our
customers frequently request modified products in low volumes
within a limited time frame. We have a highly variable cost
structure and can efficiently leverage our flexible
manufacturing capabilities to provide low volume, customized
products to meet each customers styling, cost and
just-in-time delivery requirements. We have a
network of 27 manufacturing and assembly locations
worldwide. Several of our facilities are located near our
customers to reduce distribution costs and to maintain a high
level of customer service and flexibility.
Strong Free Cash Flow Generation. Our business generates
strong free cash flow, as it benefits from modest capital
expenditure and working capital requirements. Over the three
years ended December 31, 2004, our capital expenditures
averaged $6.6 million per year, which amounts to less than
17% of
3
EBITDA. Total debt over the three year period from 2002 to 2004
was reduced by $73.3 million, which amounts to over 62% of
cumulative EBITDA over the same period. The recent acquisitions
of Mayflower and MWC have also provided us with cost saving
opportunities, such as consolidation of supplier relationships
as well as utilization of low cost manufacturing capabilities at
our facility in Mexico, and we intend to continue implementing
operating enhancements to improve our overall cost position.
Strong Relationships with Leading Customers and Major
Fleets. Because of our comprehensive product offerings, sole
source position for certain of our products, leading
Class 8 brand names and innovative product features, we
believe we are an important long-term supplier to all of the
leading truck manufacturers in North America and also a global
supplier to leading heavy equipment customers such as
Caterpillar, Oshkosh Truck, Deere & Co., Komatsu and
Volvo. In addition, through our sales force and engineering
teams, we maintain active relationships with the major truck
fleet organizations that are end users of our products such as
Yellow Freight, Swift Transportation, Schneider National and
Ryder Leasing. As a result of our high-quality, innovative
products, well-recognized brand names and customer service, a
majority of the largest 100 fleet operators specifically request
our products.
Significant Barriers to Entry. We are a leader in
providing critical cab assemblies and components to long running
platforms. Considerable barriers to entry exist, including
significant capital investment and engineering requirements,
stringent OEM technical and manufacturing requirements, high
switching costs for OEMs to shift production to new suppliers,
just-in-time delivery requirements to meet OEM volume demand and
strong brand name recognition.
Proven Management Team. Our management team is highly
respected within the commercial vehicle market, and our six
senior executives have an average of 25 years of experience
in the industry. We believe that our team has substantial depth
in critical operational areas and has demonstrated success in
reducing costs, integrating business acquisitions and improving
processes through cyclical periods. In addition, we have added
significant management, technical and operations talent with our
recent acquisitions.
Our Business Strategy
In addition to capitalizing on expected growth in our end
markets, our primary growth strategies are as follows:
Increase Content, Expand Customer Penetration and Leverage
System Opportunities. We are the only integrated commercial
vehicle supplier that can offer complete modular cab systems. We
are focused on securing additional sales from our existing
customer base, and we actively cross-market a diverse portfolio
of products to our customers to increase our content on the cabs
manufactured by these OEMs. To complement our North American
capabilities and enhance our customer relationships, we are
working with OEMs as they increase their focus on international
markets. We are one of the first commercial vehicle suppliers to
establish operations in China and are aggressively working to
secure new business from both existing customers with Chinese
manufacturing operations and Chinese OEMs. We believe we are
well positioned to capitalize on the migration by OEMs in the
heavy truck and commercial vehicle sector towards commercial
vehicle suppliers that can offer a complete interior system.
Leverage Our New Product Development Capabilities. We
have made a significant investment in our engineering
capabilities and new product development in order to anticipate
the evolving demands of our customers and end users. For
example, we recently introduced a new wiper system utilizing a
tubular linkage system with a single motor that operates both
wipers, reducing the cost, space and weight of the wiper system.
Also, we believe that our new high performance seat should
enable us to capture additional market share in North America
and provide us with opportunities to market this seat on a
global basis. We will continue to design and develop new
products that add or improve content and increase cab comfort
and safety.
Capitalize on Operating Leverage. We continuously seek
ways to lower costs, enhance product quality, improve
manufacturing efficiencies and increase product throughput. Over
the past three years, we
4
realized operating synergies with the integration of our sales,
marketing and distribution processes; reduced our fixed cost
base through the closure and consolidation of several
manufacturing and design facilities; and have begun to implement
our Lean Manufacturing and Total Quality Production Systems
(TQPS) programs. We believe our ongoing cost saving
initiatives and the establishment of our sourcing relationships
in China will enable us to continue to lower our manufacturing
costs. As a result, we are well positioned to grow our operating
margins and capitalize on any volume increases in the heavy
truck sector with minimal additional capital expenditures. With
the integration of Mayflower and MWC, CVGs management will
be pursuing cost reduction and avoidance opportunities which
include: consolidating supplier relationships to achieve lower
costs and better terms, combining steel and other material
purchases to leverage purchasing power, strategic sourcing of
products to OEMs from new facility locations, implementing lean
manufacturing techniques to achieve operational efficiencies,
improving product quality and delivery and providing additional
capacity. Cost reductions will also target merging
administrative functions, including accounting, IT and corporate
services.
Grow Sales to the Aftermarket. While commercial vehicles
have a relatively long life, certain components, such as seats,
wipers and mirrors, are replaced more frequently. We believe
that there are opportunities to leverage our brand recognition
to increase our sales to the replacement aftermarket. Since many
aftermarket participants are small and locally focused, we plan
to leverage our national scale to increase our market share in
the fragmented aftermarket. We believe that the continued growth
in the aftermarket represents an attractive diversification to
our OEM business due to its relative stability as well as the
market penetration opportunity.
Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Continue to Diversify
Sales. We will selectively pursue complementary strategic
acquisitions that allow us to leverage the marketing,
engineering and manufacturing strengths of our business and
expand our sales to new and existing customers. The markets in
which we operate are highly fragmented and provide ample
consolidation opportunities. The acquisition of Mayflower will
enable us to be the only supplier worldwide to offer complete
cab systems in sequence, integrating interior trim and seats
with the cab structure. The MWC acquisition will enable us to
provide integrated electronic systems into our cab products.
Each of these acquisitions has expanded and diversified our
sales to include a greater percentage to non-heavy truck
markets, such as the construction and specialty and military
vehicle markets.
Our Recent Acquisitions
On February 7, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the
assets and liabilities related to Mayflower Vehicle
Systems North American Commercial Vehicle Operations for
$107.5 million, which became a wholly owned subsidiary of
Commercial Vehicle Group. The Mayflower acquisition was funded
through an increase and amendment to our senior credit facility.
Mayflower is the only non-captive producer of complete steel and
aluminum truck cabs for the commercial vehicle sector in North
America. Mayflower serves the North American commercial vehicle
sector from three manufacturing locations, Norwalk, Ohio,
Shadyside, Ohio and Kings Mountain, North Carolina, supplying
three major product lines: cab frames and assemblies, sleeper
boxes and other structural components. Through the Mayflower
acquisition we believe we are the only supplier worldwide with
the capability to offer complete cab systems in sequence,
integrating interior trim and seats with the cab structure. The
acquisition gives us the leading position in North American cab
structures and the number two position in complete cab
assemblies, as well as full service cab and sleeper engineering
and development capabilities with a technical facility located
near Detroit, Michigan. In addition, the Mayflower acquisition
broadens our revenue base at International, Volvo/ Mack,
Freightliner, PACCAR and Caterpillar and enhances our
cross-selling opportunities. We anticipate that the Mayflower
acquisition will also provide significant cost saving
opportunities and our complementary customer bases will balance
revenue distribution and strengthen customer relationships. For
the year ended December 31, 2004, Mayflower recorded
revenues of $206.5 million and operating income of
$21.6 million.
On June 3, 2005, we acquired all of the stock of Monona
Corporation, the parent of MWC, for $55.0 million, and MWC
became a wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group.
The MWC
5
acquisition was funded through an increase and amendment to our
senior credit facility. MWC is a leading manufacturer of
complex, electronic wire harnesses and related assemblies used
in the global heavy equipment and specialty and military vehicle
markets. It also produces panel assemblies for commercial
equipment markets and cab frame assemblies for Caterpillar.
MWCs wire harness assemblies are critical, complex
products that are the primary electrical current carrying
devices within vehicle systems. MWC offers approximately 4,500
different wire harness assemblies for its customers, which
include leading OEMs such as Caterpillar, Deere & Co.
and Oshkosh Truck. MWC operates from primary manufacturing
operations in the U.S. and Mexico, and we believe it is cost
competitive on a global basis. The MWC acquisition enhances our
ability to offer comprehensive cab systems to our customers,
expands our electronic assembly capabilities, adds Mexico
manufacturing capabilities, and offers significant cross-selling
opportunities over a more diversified base of customers. For the
fiscal year ended January 31, 2005, MWC recorded revenues
of $85.5 million and operating income of $9.6 million.
On August 8, 2005, we acquired all of the stock of Cabarrus
Plastics, Inc. for $12.1 million, and CPI became an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group.
CPI is a manufacturer of custom injection molded products
primarily for the recreational vehicle market. The CPI
acquisition was financed with cash on hand.
Corporate Information
Commercial Vehicle Group was incorporated in the State of
Delaware on August 22, 2000. Our principal executive office
is located at 6530 West Campus Oval, New Albany, Ohio 43054, and
our telephone number is (614) 289-5360. Our website is
www.cvgrp.com. Information on our website is not a part of
this prospectus and is not incorporated in this prospectus by
reference.
6
Summary of the Exchange Offer
|
|
|
The Initial Offering of Outstanding Notes |
|
We sold the outstanding notes on July 6, 2005 to Credit
Suisse First Boston LLC, Robert W. Baird & Co.
Incorporated, ABN AMRO Incorporated, Comerica Securities, Inc.,
NatCity Investments, Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co. and
Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. We refer to these parties in
this prospectus collectively as the initial
purchasers. The initial purchasers subsequently resold the
outstanding notes: (i) to qualified institutional buyers
pursuant to Rule 144A; or (ii) outside the United
States in compliance with Regulation S, each as promulgated
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
|
Registration Rights Agreement |
|
Simultaneously with the initial sale of the outstanding notes,
we entered into a registration rights agreement for the exchange
offer. In the registration rights agreement, we agreed, among
other things, to file a registration statement with the SEC
within 90 days of issuing the outstanding notes, to use our
reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to
be declared effective 180 days after issuing the
outstanding notes and to commence the exchange offer as soon as
practicable after the effectiveness of the registration
statement. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy your rights
under the registration rights agreement. After the exchange
offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to any
exchange or registration rights with respect to your outstanding
notes. |
|
The Exchange Offer |
|
We are offering to exchange the exchange notes, which have been
registered under the Securities Act, for your outstanding notes,
which were issued on July 6, 2005 in the initial offering.
In order to be exchanged, an outstanding note must be properly
tendered and accepted. All outstanding notes that are validly
tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. We will
issue exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the
exchange offer. |
|
Resales |
|
We believe that the exchange notes issued in the exchange offer
may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
you without compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act provided that: |
|
|
|
the exchange notes are being acquired in the
ordinary course of your business; |
|
|
|
you are not participating, do not intend to
participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes
issued to you in the exchange offer; and |
|
|
|
you are not an affiliate of ours. |
|
|
|
If any of these conditions are not satisfied and you transfer
any exchange notes issued to you in the exchange offer without
delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
Securities Act or without an exemption from registration of your
exchange notes from these requirements, you may incur liability |
7
|
|
|
|
|
under the Securities Act. We will not assume, nor will we
indemnify you against, any such liability. |
|
|
|
Each broker-dealer that is issued exchange notes in the exchange
offer for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes that
were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of
market-marking or other trading activities, must acknowledge
that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of
the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange
notes. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to
resell, resale or other retransfer of the exchange notes issued
to it in the exchange offer. |
|
Record Date |
|
We mailed this prospectus and the related exchange offer
documents to registered holders of outstanding notes on
December 5, 2005. |
|
Expiration Date |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, January 4, 2006, unless we decide to extend the
expiration date. |
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
The exchange offer is not subject to any condition other than
that the exchange offer not violate applicable law or any
applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes |
|
If you wish to tender your notes for exchange in this exchange
offer, you must transmit to the exchange agent on or before the
expiration date either: |
|
|
|
an original or a facsimile of a properly completed
and duly executed copy of the letter of transmittal, which
accompanies this prospectus, together with your outstanding
notes and any other documentation required by the letter of
transmittal, at the address provided on the cover page of the
letter of transmittal; or |
|
|
|
if the notes you own are held of record by The
Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in book-entry form
and you are making delivery by book-entry transfer, a
computer-generated message transmitted by means of the Automated
Tender Offer Program System of DTC, or ATOP, in
which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the
letter of transmittal and which, when received by the exchange
agent, forms a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer. As
part of the book-entry transfer, DTC will facilitate the
exchange of your notes and update your account to reflect the
issuance of the exchange notes to you. ATOP allows you to
electronically transmit your acceptance of the exchange offer to
DTC instead of physically completing and delivering a letter of
transmittal to the notes exchange agent. |
|
|
|
In addition, you must deliver to the exchange agent on or before
the expiration date: |
|
|
|
a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your
outstanding notes into the account of the notes exchange agent
at DTC if you are effecting delivery of book-entry transfer, or |
8
|
|
|
|
|
if necessary, the documents required for compliance
with the guaranteed delivery procedures. |
|
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners |
|
If you are the beneficial owner of book-entry interests and your
name does not appear on a security position listing of DTC as
the holder of the book-entry interests or if you are a
beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are registered in the
name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee and you wish to tender the book-entry interest or
outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the
person in whose name your book-entry interests or outstanding
notes are registered promptly and instruct that person to tender
on your behalf. |
|
Withdrawal Rights |
|
You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any
time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time on
January 4, 2006. |
|
Federal Income Tax Considerations |
|
The exchange of outstanding notes will not be a taxable event
for United States federal income tax purposes. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange
notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all of our
expenses incident to the exchange offer. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
U.S. Bank National Association is serving as the exchange
agent in connection with the exchange offer. |
9
Summary of Terms of the Exchange Notes
The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the
form and terms of the outstanding notes, except that the
exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act. As a
result, the exchange notes will not bear legends restricting
their transfer and will not contain the registration rights and
liquidated damage provisions contained in the outstanding notes.
The exchange notes represent the same debt as the outstanding
notes. Both the outstanding notes and the exchange notes are
governed by the same indenture. Unless the context otherwise
requires, we use the term notes in this prospectus
to collectively refer to the outstanding notes and the exchange
notes.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. |
|
Securities Offered |
|
$150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8% Senior
Notes due 2013, Series B. |
|
Maturity Date |
|
July 1, 2013. |
|
Interest Payments |
|
Interest will be payable semi-annually in arrears on
January 1 and July 1 of each year, commencing
January 1, 2006. |
|
Guarantees |
|
The exchange notes will be guaranteed by our current domestic
subsidiaries and certain of our future subsidiaries. |
|
Ranking |
|
The exchange notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the
company. The notes will rank: |
|
|
|
pari passu in right of payment to all
existing and future senior indebtedness of the company and the
subsidiary guarantors, |
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to all existing and
future subordinated indebtedness of the company and the
subsidiary guarantors, |
|
|
|
effectively subordinated to all existing and future
secured obligations of the company and the subsidiary
guarantors, and |
|
|
|
structurally subordinated to all existing and future
obligations (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries that
do not guarantee the notes. |
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2005, we had approximately
$191.6 million of outstanding indebtedness and the notes
ranked effectively junior in right of payment to approximately
$41.6 million of our secured indebtedness and
$22.7 million of liabilities (excluding intercompany
liabilities and guarantees and indebtedness under our senior
credit facility) of our subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing
the notes. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
At any time prior to July 1, 2009, we may redeem some or
all of the exchange notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of
the principal amount thereof, plus the Applicable Premium (as
defined under Description of the Notes
Optional Redemption) and accrued and unpaid interest to
the date of redemption. |
|
|
|
We may also redeem some or all of the exchange notes at any time
on or after July 1, 2009 at the redemption prices described
in this prospectus under Description of the
Notes Optional Redemption, plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the date of redemption. |
10
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, at any time prior to July 1, 2008, we may
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes
issued under the indenture with the net proceeds of certain
equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 108% of the
principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest
to the date of redemption. See Description of the
Notes Optional Redemption. |
|
Change of Control |
|
If we experience a Change of Control (as defined under
Description of the Notes Change of
Control), we will be required to make an offer to
repurchase the exchange notes at a price equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to
the date of repurchase. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The indenture under which the outstanding notes were issued will
govern the exchange notes. The indenture restricts our ability
and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other
things: |
|
|
|
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue
preferred stock; |
|
|
|
pay dividends or make other distributions to our
stockholders; |
|
|
|
purchase or redeem capital stock or subordinated
indebtedness; |
|
|
|
make investments; |
|
|
|
create liens; |
|
|
|
incur restrictions on the ability of our restricted
subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us; |
|
|
|
sell assets; |
|
|
|
enter into sale/leaseback transactions; |
|
|
|
consolidate or merge with or into other companies or
transfer all or substantially all of our assets; and |
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates. |
|
|
|
These covenants are subject to a number of important
qualifications and exceptions. See Description of the
Notes Certain Covenants. |
Risk Factors
Investing in the notes involves substantial risks. See
Risk Factors for a discussion of certain risks of
participating in the exchange offer.
11
Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Information
The following table summarizes selected historical and pro forma
consolidated financial data regarding our business and certain
industry information and should be read together with
Capitalization, Unaudited Pro Forma
Consolidated Financial Data, Selected Historical
Financial Data, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The historical financial data as of December 31, 2003 and
2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and
2004, are derived from our consolidated financial statements
that are included elsewhere in this prospectus, which financial
statements have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP
as indicated by their report thereon. The historical balance
sheet data as of December 31, 2002 is derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements, which are not
included in this prospectus. The historical financial data as of
September 30, 2005 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 2004 and September 30, 2005 have been
derived from our historical unaudited financial statements that
are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Results of operations
for an interim period are not necessarily indicative of results
for a full year. The North American Class 8 heavy-duty
truck production rates included in the Other Data
section set forth below and the pro forma financial data are all
unaudited.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data is derived
from the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements
under Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Data. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of
operations data and other data for the year ended
December 31, 2004 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 have been prepared to give effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
the Mayflower acquisition; |
|
|
|
the MWC acquisition; |
|
|
|
the offering of the outstanding notes; and |
|
|
|
the equity offering |
as if each of these transactions had occurred on January 1, 2004.
12
The adjustments to the unaudited pro forma financial data are
based upon valuations and other studies that have not been
completed but that management believes to be reasonable. The
unaudited pro forma financial data are for informational
purposes only and do not purport to represent or be indicative
of actual results that would have been achieved had the
transactions described above actually been completed on the
dates indicated and do not purport to be indicative or to
forecast what our balance sheet data, results of operations,
cash flows or other data will be as of any future date or for
any future period. A number of factors may affect our actual
results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
Historical | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
September 30, | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
December 31, | |
|
| |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
298,678 |
|
|
$ |
287,579 |
|
|
$ |
380,445 |
|
|
$ |
670,958 |
|
|
$ |
279,193 |
|
|
$ |
554,365 |
|
|
$ |
620,214 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
249,181 |
|
|
|
237,884 |
|
|
|
309,696 |
|
|
|
562,723 |
|
|
|
228,622 |
|
|
|
455,476 |
|
|
|
510,761 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
49,497 |
|
|
|
49,695 |
|
|
|
70,749 |
|
|
|
108,235 |
|
|
|
50,571 |
|
|
|
98,889 |
|
|
|
109,453 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
23,952 |
|
|
|
24,281 |
|
|
|
28,985 |
|
|
|
37,314 |
|
|
|
21,282 |
|
|
|
31,597 |
|
|
|
34,284 |
|
Non cash option issuance charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,125 |
|
|
|
10,125 |
|
|
|
10,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
25,423 |
|
|
|
25,229 |
|
|
|
31,532 |
|
|
|
60,659 |
|
|
|
19,079 |
|
|
|
67,075 |
|
|
|
74,947 |
|
Other expense (income)
|
|
|
1,098 |
|
|
|
3,230 |
|
|
|
(1,247 |
) |
|
|
(482 |
) |
|
|
(2,533 |
) |
|
|
(3,598 |
) |
|
|
(3,598 |
) |
Interest expense
|
|
|
12,940 |
|
|
|
9,796 |
|
|
|
7,244 |
|
|
|
17,672 |
|
|
|
5,938 |
|
|
|
9,460 |
|
|
|
11,595 |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,972 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in
accounting
|
|
|
11,385 |
|
|
|
9,231 |
|
|
|
23,930 |
|
|
|
41,864 |
|
|
|
14,069 |
|
|
|
59,688 |
|
|
|
65,425 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
5,235 |
|
|
|
5,267 |
|
|
|
6,481 |
|
|
|
13,654 |
|
|
|
2,551 |
|
|
|
22,719 |
|
|
|
25,045 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting
|
|
|
6,150 |
|
|
|
3,964 |
|
|
|
17,449 |
|
|
|
28,210 |
|
|
|
11,518 |
|
|
|
36,969 |
|
|
|
40,380 |
|
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
|
|
|
(51,630 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(45,480 |
) |
|
$ |
3,964 |
|
|
$ |
17,449 |
|
|
$ |
28,210 |
|
|
$ |
11,518 |
|
|
$ |
36,969 |
|
|
$ |
40,380 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
$ |
8,809 |
|
|
$ |
28,216 |
|
|
$ |
41,727 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,419 |
|
|
$ |
112,551 |
|
|
$ |
112,551 |
|
Total assets
|
|
|
204,217 |
|
|
|
210,495 |
|
|
|
225,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244,170 |
|
|
|
522,940 |
|
|
|
522,940 |
|
Total debt
|
|
|
127,202 |
|
|
|
127,474 |
|
|
|
53,925 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,344 |
|
|
|
191,600 |
|
|
|
191,600 |
|
Total stockholders investment
|
|
|
27,025 |
|
|
|
34,806 |
|
|
|
111,046 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,019 |
|
|
|
189,339 |
|
|
|
189,339 |
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
Historical | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Year | |
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
Ended | |
|
September 30, | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
December 31 | |
|
| |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA(1)
|
|
$ |
34,105 |
|
|
$ |
33,335 |
|
|
$ |
39,099 |
|
|
$ |
74,476 |
|
|
$ |
24,908 |
|
|
$ |
76,001 |
|
|
$ |
84,976 |
|
Net cash provided by (used for):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
18,172 |
|
|
|
10,442 |
|
|
|
34,177 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
21,515 |
|
|
|
26,755 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(4,937 |
) |
|
|
(5,967 |
) |
|
|
(8,907 |
) |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
(3,901 |
) |
|
|
(184,860 |
) |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(14,825 |
) |
|
|
(2,761 |
) |
|
|
(28,427 |
) |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
(2,726 |
) |
|
|
183,671 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
8,682 |
|
|
|
8,106 |
|
|
|
7,567 |
|
|
|
13,817 |
|
|
|
5,829 |
|
|
|
8,926 |
|
|
|
10,029 |
|
Capital expenditures, net
|
|
|
4,937 |
|
|
|
5,967 |
|
|
|
8,907 |
|
|
|
13,021 |
|
|
|
3,901 |
|
|
|
9,332 |
|
|
|
10,409 |
|
North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck production
(units)(2)
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
191 |
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
(1) |
EBITDA represents earnings before interest expense,
income taxes, depreciation, amortization, noncash gain (loss) on
forward exchange contracts, loss on early extinguishment of debt
and an impairment charge associated with the adoption of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
(SFAS No. 142). EBITDA does not represent
and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or
cash flow from operations, as determined by generally accepted
accounting principles. We present EBITDA because we believe that
it is widely accepted that EBITDA provides useful information
regarding our operating results. We rely on EBITDA primarily as
an operating performance measure in order to review and assess
our company and our management team. For example, our management
incentive plan is based upon the company achieving minimum
EBITDA targets for a given year. We also review EBITDA to
compare our current operating results with corresponding periods
and with other companies in our industry. We believe that it is
useful to investors to provide disclosures of our operating
results on the same basis as that used by our management. We
also believe that it can assist investors in comparing our
performance to that of other companies on a consistent basis
without regard to depreciation, amortization, interest or taxes,
which do not directly affect our operating performance. EBITDA
has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not
consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our
results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are: |
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future
requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; |
|
|
|
EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for,
our working capital needs; |
|
|
|
EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the
cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal
payments, on our debt; |
|
|
|
although depreciation and amortization are noncash charges, the
assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be
replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash
requirements for such replacements; and |
|
|
|
other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently
than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. |
|
|
|
Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a
measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the
growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by
relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA only
supplementally. See the consolidated |
14
|
|
|
statements of cash flows included in our financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following is a
reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
Historical | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year | |
|
Ended | |
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
Ended | |
|
September 30, | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
December 31, | |
|
| |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(45,480 |
) |
|
$ |
3,964 |
|
|
$ |
17,449 |
|
|
$ |
28,210 |
|
|
$ |
11,518 |
|
|
$ |
36,969 |
|
|
$ |
40,380 |
|
|
(Subtract) add:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
8,682 |
|
|
|
8,106 |
|
|
|
7,567 |
|
|
|
13,817 |
|
|
|
5,829 |
|
|
|
8,926 |
|
|
|
10,029 |
|
|
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
1,098 |
|
|
|
3,230 |
|
|
|
(1,247 |
) |
|
|
(482 |
) |
|
|
(2,533 |
) |
|
|
(3,598 |
) |
|
|
(3,598 |
) |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
12,940 |
|
|
|
9,796 |
|
|
|
7,244 |
|
|
|
17,672 |
|
|
|
5,938 |
|
|
|
9,460 |
|
|
|
11,595 |
|
|
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,972 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
5,235 |
|
|
|
5,267 |
|
|
|
6,481 |
|
|
|
13,655 |
|
|
|
2,551 |
|
|
|
22,719 |
|
|
|
25,045 |
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
|
|
|
51,630 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
34,105 |
|
|
$ |
33,335 |
|
|
$ |
39,099 |
|
|
$ |
74,476 |
|
|
$ |
24,908 |
|
|
$ |
76,001 |
|
|
$ |
84,976 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
Source: Americas Commercial Transportation Research Co. LLC and
ACT Publications. |
15
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth
below as well as the other information contained in this
prospectus when deciding whether to participate in the exchange
offer. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to
us or those we currently deem to be immaterial may also
materially and adversely affect our business operations. Any of
the following risks could materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations. In such
cases, you may lose all or part of your original investment in
the notes.
Risks Associated with the Exchange Offer
|
|
|
Because there is no public market for the notes, you may
not be able to resell your notes. |
The exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act,
but will constitute a new issue of securities with no
established trading market, and there can be no assurance as to:
|
|
|
|
|
the liquidity of any trading market that may develop; |
|
|
|
the ability of holders to sell their exchange notes; or |
|
|
|
the price at which the holders would be able to sell their
exchange notes. |
If a trading market were to develop, the exchange notes might
trade at higher or lower prices than their principal amount or
purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing
interest rates, the market for similar securities and our
financial performance.
We understand that the initial purchasers presently intend to
make a market in the notes. However, they are not obligated to
do so, and any market-making activity with respect to the notes
may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, any
market-making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by
the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
may be limited during the exchange offer or the pendency of an
applicable shelf registration statement. There can be no
assurance that an active trading market will exist for the notes
or that any trading market that does develop will be liquid.
In addition, any holder of outstanding notes who tenders in the
exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a
distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to have
received restricted securities, and if so, will be required to
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale
transaction. For a description of these requirements, see
Exchange Offer.
|
|
|
Your outstanding notes will not be accepted for exchange
if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures and, as a
result, your notes will continue to be subject to existing
transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your
outstanding notes. |
We will not accept your notes for exchange if you do not follow
the exchange offer procedures. We will issue exchange notes as
part of this exchange offer only after a timely receipt of your
outstanding notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter
of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if
you want to tender your outstanding notes, please allow
sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive
your notes, letter of transmittal and other required documents
by the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will not accept
your notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give
notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the
tenders of outstanding notes for exchange. If there are defects
or irregularities with respect to your tender of notes, we may
not accept your notes for exchange. For more information, see
Exchange Offer.
|
|
|
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes, your
outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the existing
transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your
outstanding notes. |
We did not register the outstanding notes, nor do we intend to
do so following the exchange offer. Outstanding notes that are
not tendered will therefore continue to be subject to the
existing transfer restrictions and may be transferred only in
limited circumstances under the securities laws. If you do not
16
exchange your outstanding notes, you will lose your right to
have your outstanding notes registered under the federal
securities laws. As a result, if you hold outstanding notes
after the exchange offer, you may not be able to sell your
outstanding notes.
Risks Related to the Notes
|
|
|
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which may
adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our
business, remain in compliance with debt covenants and make
payments on our indebtedness, including the notes. |
The aggregate amount of our outstanding indebtedness was
$191.6 million as of September 30, 2005. Our
substantial level of indebtedness increases the possibility that
we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due,
the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of
our indebtedness, including the notes. Our substantial
indebtedness, combined with our lease and other financial
obligations and contractual commitments could have other
important consequences to you as a holder of the notes. For
example, it could:
|
|
|
|
|
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with
respect to our indebtedness, including the notes, and any
failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt
instruments, including financial and other restrictive
covenants, could result in an event of default under the
indenture governing the notes and the agreements governing such
other indebtedness; |
|
|
|
make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic,
industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in
government regulation; |
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow
from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby
reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general
corporate purposes; |
|
|
|
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes
in our business and the industry in which we operate; |
|
|
|
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our
competitors that have less debt; and |
|
|
|
limit our ability to borrow additional amounts for working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service
requirements, execution of our business strategy or other
purposes. |
Any of the above listed factors could materially adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
In addition, the indenture governing the notes contains
restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in
activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our
failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event
of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the
acceleration of all our debt.
|
|
|
Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our
subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt.
This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our
substantial leverage. |
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial
additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture
governing the notes and our senior credit facility contain
restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these
restrictions are subject to a number of significant
qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in
compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If new
debt is added to our and our subsidiaries current debt
levels, the related risks that we and they face would be
increased.
17
|
|
|
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant
amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many
factors beyond our control, and any failure to meet our debt
service obligations could harm our business, financial condition
and results of operations. |
Our estimated annual payment obligations in 2005 with respect to
our indebtedness is comprised of $10.0 million of principal
payments and approximately $11.8 million of interest
payments. Our ability to pay interest on and principal of the
notes and to satisfy our other debt obligations principally will
depend upon our future operating performance. As a result,
prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other
factors, many of which are beyond our control, will affect our
ability to make these payments.
If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to
satisfy our debt service obligations, including payments on the
notes, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans,
such as refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness, selling
assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to
raise additional capital. Our ability to restructure or
refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital
markets and our financial condition at such time. Any
refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and
may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which
could further restrict our business operations. The terms of
existing or future debt instruments and the indenture governing
the notes offered hereby may restrict us from adopting some of
these alternatives. In addition, any failure to make scheduled
payments of interest and principal on our outstanding
indebtedness would likely result in a reduction of our credit
rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional
indebtedness on acceptable terms. Our inability to generate
sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or
to refinance our obligations at all or on commercially
reasonable terms, would have an adverse effect, which could be
material, on our business, financial condition and results of
operations, as well as on our ability to satisfy our obligations
in respect of the notes.
|
|
|
Repayment of our debt, including the notes, is dependent
on cash flow generated by our subsidiaries. |
We are a holding company with no significant operations.
Repayment of our indebtedness, including the notes, is dependent
on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their
ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt
repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the notes,
our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due
on the notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Our
subsidiaries may not be able to, or be permitted to, make
distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our
indebtedness, including the notes. Each of our subsidiaries is a
distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal
and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain
cash from our subsidiaries. While the indenture governing the
notes limits the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual
restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other
intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to
certain qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do
not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be
unable to make required principal and interest payments on our
indebtedness, including the notes.
|
|
|
The terms of our senior credit facility and the indenture
governing the notes may restrict our current and future
operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in
our business or to take certain actions. |
Our senior credit facility and the indenture governing the notes
contain, and any future indebtedness of ours would likely
contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose
significant operating and financial restrictions, including
restrictions on our ability to engage in acts that may be in our
best long-term interests. Our senior credit facility includes
financial covenants that, among other things, restricts our
ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur liens; |
|
|
|
incur or assume additional debt or guarantees or issue preferred
stock; |
|
|
|
pay dividends, or make redemptions and repurchases, with respect
to capital stock; |
|
|
|
prepay, or make redemptions and repurchases of, subordinated
debt; |
18
|
|
|
|
|
make loans and investments; |
|
|
|
make capital expenditures; |
|
|
|
engage in mergers, acquisitions, asset sales, sale/leaseback
transactions and transactions with affiliates; |
|
|
|
change the business conducted by us or our subsidiaries; and |
|
|
|
amend the terms of subordinated debt. |
Also, our senior credit facility requires us to maintain
compliance with specified financial ratios and satisfy certain
financial condition tests (some of which become more restrictive
over time). Our ability to comply with these ratios and
financial condition tests may be affected by events beyond our
control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios
and financial condition tests. These financial ratio
restrictions and financial condition tests could limit our
ability to obtain future financings, make needed capital
expenditures, withstand a future downturn in our business or the
economy in general or otherwise conduct necessary corporate
activities.
A breach of any of the restrictive covenants or our inability to
comply with the required financial ratios or financial condition
tests in the senior credit facility would result in a default
under the senior credit facility. If any such default occurs,
the lenders under the senior credit facility may elect to
declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued
interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable, or
enforce their security interest, any of which would result in an
event of default under the notes. The lenders will also have the
right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they
have to provide further borrowings.
The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in these
debt agreements and any future financing agreements may
adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or
capital needs or to engage in other business activities.
|
|
|
The notes are not secured by our assets and the lenders
under our senior credit facility will be entitled to remedies
available to a secured lender, which gives them priority over
you to collect amounts due to them. |
The notes will be effectively subordinated in right of payment
to all of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of
the assets securing such indebtedness. Loans under our senior
credit facility are secured by a first priority security
interest in substantially all of ours and the subsidiary
guarantors assets and in all of the capital stock held by
us. If we become insolvent or are liquidated, or if payment
under our senior credit facility or in respect of any other
secured indebtedness is accelerated, the lenders under our
senior credit facility or holders of other secured indebtedness
will be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured
lender under applicable law (in addition to any remedies that
may be available under documents pertaining to our senior credit
facility or other senior debt). Upon the occurrence of any
default under our senior credit facility (and even without
accelerating the indebtedness under our senior credit facility),
the lenders may be able to restrict the payment of the notes and
the guarantees either by limiting our ability to access our cash
flow or otherwise.
|
|
|
Not all of our subsidiaries are subsidiary
guarantors. |
The subsidiary guarantors include only our domestic
subsidiaries. However, our historical consolidated financial
information and the pro forma consolidated financial information
included in this prospectus are presented on a consolidated
basis, including both our domestic and foreign subsidiaries. The
aggregate net sales and operating income of our subsidiaries
that are not subsidiary guarantors were $108.0 million and
$8.1 million, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2004 and $95.0 million and
$6.9 million, respectively, for the nine months ended
September 30, 2005, and their consolidated tangible assets
at September 30, 2005 were $5.7 million. In addition,
the notes will be effectively subordinated to all existing and
future liabilities (including trade payables) of our
non-guarantor subsidiaries. As of September 30,
19
2005, our non-guarantor subsidiaries had $52.1 million of
indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables).
As a result, any right of ours to participate in any
distribution of assets of our non-guarantor subsidiaries upon
the liquidation, reorganization of insolvency of any such
subsidiary (and the consequential right of the holders of the
notes to participate in the distribution of those assets) will
be subject to the prior claims of such subsidiaries
creditors.
|
|
|
We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change
of control. |
Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events, we will
be required to offer to repurchase all notes that are
outstanding at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus any
accrued and unpaid interest, and additional interest, if any.
Our senior credit facility provides that certain change of
control events (including a Change of Control as defined in the
indenture relating to the notes) constitute a default. Any
future credit agreement or other agreements relating to our
indebtedness to which we become a party would likely contain
similar provisions. If we experience a change of control that
triggers a default under our senior credit facility, we could
seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our senior
credit facility. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or
refinance the senior credit facility, such default could result
in amounts outstanding under our senior credit facility being
declared due and payable. In the event we experience a change of
control that results in our having to repurchase your notes, we
may not have sufficient financial resources to satisfy all of
our obligations under our senior credit facility and the notes.
A failure to make the applicable change of control offer or to
pay the applicable change of control purchase price when due
would result in a default under the indenture.
|
|
|
Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific
circumstances, to void the guarantees, subordinate claims in
respect of the guarantees and require note holders to return
payments received from the guarantors. |
The notes are guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries. The
issuance of the guarantees by any subsidiary guarantor may be
subject to review under state and federal laws if a bankruptcy,
liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit, including in
circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved, were
commenced at some future date by, or on behalf of, the unpaid
creditors of such guarantor. Under the federal bankruptcy laws
and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a
court may void or otherwise decline to enforce a
guarantors guaranty, or subordinate such guaranty to the
guarantors existing and future indebtedness. While the
relevant laws may vary from state to state, a court might do so
if it found that when the guarantor entered into its guaranty
or, in some states, when payments became due under such
guaranty, the guarantor received less than reasonably equivalent
value or fair consideration and either:
|
|
|
|
|
the guarantor was insolvent, or rendered insolvent, by reason of
such incurrence; |
|
|
|
the guarantor was engaged in a business or transaction for which
the guarantors remaining assets constituted unreasonably
small capital; or |
|
|
|
the guarantor intended to incur, or believed that the guarantor
would incur, debts beyond such guarantors ability to pay
such debts as they mature. |
The court might also void a guaranty of a subsidiary guarantor
without regard to the above factors, if the court found that the
guarantor entered into its guaranty with actual intent to
hinder, delay or defraud its creditors. In addition, any payment
by a guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could be voided and
required to be returned to such guarantor or to a fund for the
benefit of such guarantors creditors.
A court would likely find that a guarantor did not receive
reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for such
guaranty if such guarantor did not substantially benefit
directly or indirectly from the issuance of the applicable
guarantee. If a court were to void a guaranty, you would no
longer have a claim against the applicable guarantor. Sufficient
funds to repay the notes may not be available from other
sources, including Commercial Vehicle Group and the remaining
guarantors, if any. In addition, the court might direct you to
repay any amounts that you already received from any guarantor.
20
The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent
transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any
proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has
occurred. Generally, however, an entity would be considered
insolvent if:
|
|
|
|
|
the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was
greater than the fair saleable value of its assets; or |
|
|
|
if the present fair saleable value of its assets were less than
the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability
on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they
become absolute and mature; or |
|
|
|
it cannot pay its debts as they become due. |
To the extent a court voids any of the guarantees as fraudulent
transfers or holds any of the guarantees unenforceable for any
other reason, holders of notes would cease to have any direct
claim against the applicable guarantor. If a court were to take
this action, the applicable guarantors assets would be
applied first to satisfy the applicable guarantors
liabilities, if any, before any portion of its assets could be
applied to the payment of the notes.
Each guaranty will contain a provision intended to limit that
guarantors liability to the maximum amount that it could
incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its
guaranty to be a fraudulent transfer. This provision may not be
effective to protect those guarantees from being voided under
fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce that guarantors
obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guaranty
worthless.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
|
|
|
Volatility and cyclicality in the commercial vehicle
market could adversely affect us. |
Our profitability depends in part on the varying conditions in
the commercial vehicle market. This market is subject to
considerable volatility as it moves in response to cycles in the
overall business environment and is particularly sensitive to
the industrial sector, which generates a significant portion of
the freight tonnage hauled. Sales of commercial vehicles have
historically been cyclical, with demand affected by such
economic factors as industrial production, construction levels,
demand for consumer durable goods, interest rates and fuel
costs. For example, North American commercial vehicle sales and
production experienced a downturn from 2000 to 2003 due to a
confluence of events that included a weak economy, an oversupply
of new and used vehicle inventory and lower spending on
commercial vehicles and equipment. This downturn had a material
adverse effect on our business during the same period. We cannot
provide any assurances as to the length or ultimate level of the
current recovery in the commercial vehicle market.
|
|
|
Our customer base is concentrated and the loss of business
from a major customer or the discontinuation of particular
commercial vehicle platforms could reduce our sales. |
Sales to PACCAR and Freightliner accounted for approximately 28%
and 17%, respectively, of our revenue for 2004, and our ten
largest customers accounted for 72% of our revenue in 2004. On a
pro forma basis, sales to International, PACCAR, Freightliner
and Volvo/ Mack would have accounted for approximately 18%, 16%,
14% and 12%, respectively, of our revenue for 2004 and our ten
largest customers would have accounted for approximately 78% of
our revenue for 2004. The loss of any of our largest customers
or the loss of significant business from any of these customers
would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Even though we may be
selected as the supplier of a product by an OEM for a particular
vehicle, our OEM customers issue blanket purchase orders which
generally provide for the supply of that customers annual
requirements for that vehicle, rather than for a specific number
of our products. If the OEMs requirements are less than
estimated, the number of products we sell to that OEM will be
accordingly reduced. In addition, the OEM may terminate its
purchase orders with us at any time.
21
|
|
|
Our profitability would be adversely affected if the
actual production volumes for our customers vehicles is
significantly lower than we anticipated. |
We incur costs and make capital expenditures based upon
estimates of production volumes for our customers
vehicles. While we attempt to establish a price of our
components and systems that will compensate for variances in
production volumes, if the actual production of these vehicles
is significantly less than anticipated, our gross margin on
these products would be adversely affected. We enter into
agreements with our customers at the beginning of a given
platforms life to supply products for that platform. Once
we enter into such agreements, fulfillment of our purchasing
requirements is our obligation for the entire production life of
the platform, with terms ranging from five to seven years, and
we have no provisions to terminate such contracts. We may become
committed to supply products to our customers at selling prices
that are not sufficient to cover the direct cost to produce such
products. We cannot predict our customers demands for our
products either in the aggregate or for particular reporting
periods. If customers representing a significant amount of our
sales were to purchase materially lower volumes than expected,
it would have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
|
|
|
Commercial vehicle OEMs have historically had significant
leverage over their outside suppliers. |
The commercial vehicle component supply industry has
traditionally been highly fragmented and serves a limited number
of large OEMs. As a result, OEMs have historically had a
significant amount of leverage over their outside suppliers. Our
contracts with major OEM customers generally provide for an
annual productivity cost reduction. Historically, cost
reductions through product design changes, increased
productivity and similar programs with our suppliers have
generally offset these customer-imposed productivity cost
reduction requirements. However, if we are unable to generate
sufficient production cost savings in the future to offset price
reductions, our gross margin and profitability would be
adversely affected. In addition, changes in OEMs
purchasing policies or payment practices could have an adverse
effect on our business.
|
|
|
Integrating our operations with the Mayflower, MWC and CPI
operations may prove to be disruptive and could result in the
combined businesses failing to meet our expectations. |
We expect that the Mayflower, MWC and CPI acquisitions will
result in increased revenue and profit growth. We cannot be sure
that we will realize these anticipated benefits in full or at
all. Achieving the expected benefits from these acquisitions
will depend, in part, upon whether the operations and personnel
of Mayflower, MWC and CPI can be integrated in an efficient and
effective manner with our existing business. Our management team
may encounter unforeseen difficulties in managing the
integration of the three businesses. The process of integrating
three formerly separately operated businesses may prove
disruptive to all three businesses, may take longer than we
anticipate and may cause an interruption of and have a material
adverse effect on our combined businesses.
|
|
|
We may be unable to successfully implement our business
strategy. |
Our ability to achieve our business and financial objectives is
subject to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our
control. For example, we may not be successful in implementing
our strategy if unforeseen factors emerge that diminish the
expected growth in the heavy truck market, or we experience
increased pressure on our margins. In addition, we may not
succeed in integrating strategic acquisitions and our pursuit of
additional strategic acquisitions may lead to resource
constraints which could have a negative impact on our ability to
meet customers demands, thereby adversely affecting our
relationships with those customers. As a result of such business
or competitive factors, we may decide to alter or discontinue
aspects of our business strategy and may adopt alternative or
additional strategies. Any failure to successfully implement our
business strategy could adversely affect our business, results
of operations and growth potential.
22
Developing product innovations has been and will continue to be
a significant part of our business strategy. We believe that it
is important that we continue to meet our customers
demands for product innovation, improvement and enhancement,
including the continued development of new-generation products,
design improvements and innovations that improve the quality and
efficiency of our products. However, such development will
require us to continue to invest in research and development and
sales and marketing. In the future, we may not have sufficient
resources to make such necessary investments, or we may be
unable to make the technological advances necessary to carry out
product innovations sufficient to meet our customers
demands. We are also subject to the risks generally associated
with product development, including lack of market acceptance,
delays in product development and failure of products to operate
properly. We may, as a result of these factors, be unable to
meaningfully focus on product innovation as a strategy and may
therefore be unable to meet our customers demands for
product innovation.
|
|
|
If we are unable to obtain raw materials at favorable
prices, it could adversely impact our results of operations and
financial condition. |
Numerous raw materials are used in the manufacture of our
products. Steel, aluminum, resin, foam and fabrics account for
the most significant components of our raw material costs.
Although we currently maintain alternative sources for raw
materials, our business is subject to the risk of price
increases and periodic delays in delivery. For example, we
purchase steel at market prices which, during the past year have
increased to historical high levels as a result of a relatively
low level of supply and a relatively high level of demand. As a
result we are currently being assessed surcharges as well as
price increases on certain purchases of steel. If we are unable
to purchase certain raw materials required for our operations
for a significant period of time, our operations would be
disrupted, and our results of operations would be adversely
affected. In addition, if we are unable to pass on the increased
costs of raw materials to our customers, this could adversely
affect our results of operations and financial condition. Our
operating results for the year ended December 31, 2004 and
the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were
adversely affected by steel surcharges that we are being
assessed on certain of our purchases of steel. The Mayflower
acquisition has significantly increased our demand for both
steel and aluminum elevating our risk with respect to increases
in price or delays in delivery of these commodities.
|
|
|
Our inability to compete effectively in the highly
competitive commercial vehicle component supply industry could
result in the loss of customers, which would have an adverse
effect on our sales and operating results. |
The commercial vehicle component supply industry is highly
competitive. Our products primarily compete on the basis of
price, breadth of product offerings, product quality, technical
expertise and development capability, product delivery and
product service. Our competitors may foresee the course of
market development more accurately than we do, develop products
that are superior to our products, produce similar products at a
lower cost than we can or adapt more quickly to new
technologies, industry or customer requirements. As a result,
our products may not be able to compete successfully with the
products of these other companies, which could result in the
loss of customers and, as a result, decreased sales and
profitability.
|
|
|
Currency exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse
effect on our sales and financial results. |
We have operations in Europe, Australia, Mexico and China, and
sales derived from these operations were approximately 28% and
24% of our revenues in 2004 on an actual and pro forma basis,
respectively. As a result, we generate a significant portion of
our sales and incur a significant portion of our expenses in
currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent that
we are unable to match revenues received in foreign currencies
with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations
in any such currency could have an adverse effect on our
financial results. During times of a strengthening
U.S. dollar, our reported sales and earnings from our
international operations will be reduced because the applicable
local currencies will be translated into fewer
U.S. dollars. The converse is also true and the
strengthening of the European currencies in relation to the
U.S. dollar in recent years had a positive impact on our
foreign revenues in 2002, 2003 and 2004.
23
|
|
|
We may be unable to complete additional strategic
acquisitions or we may encounter unforeseen difficulties in
integrating acquisitions. |
The commercial vehicle component supply industry is beginning to
undergo consolidation as OEMs seek to reduce costs and their
supplier base. We intend to actively pursue additional
acquisition targets that will allow us to continue to expand
into new geographic markets, add new customers, provide new
product, manufacturing and service capabilities and increase
penetration with existing customers. However, we expect to face
competition for acquisition candidates, which may limit the
number of our acquisition opportunities and may lead to higher
acquisition prices. Moreover, acquisitions of businesses may
require additional debt financing, resulting in additional
leverage. The covenants of our senior credit facility may
further limit our ability to complete acquisitions. There can be
no assurance that we will find attractive acquisition candidates
or successfully integrate acquired businesses into our existing
business. If we fail to complete additional acquisitions, we may
have difficulty competing with more thoroughly integrated
competitors and our results of operations could be adversely
affected. To the extent that we do complete additional
acquisitions, if the expected synergies from such acquisitions
do not materialize or we fail to successfully integrate such new
businesses into our existing businesses, our results of
operations could also be adversely affected.
|
|
|
We may be subject to product liability claims, recalls or
warranty claims, which could be expensive, damage our reputation
and result in a diversion of management resources. |
As a supplier of products and systems to commercial vehicle
OEMs, we face an inherent business risk of exposure to product
liability claims in the event that our products, or the
equipment into which our products are incorporated, malfunction
and result in personal injury or death. Product liability claims
could result in significant losses as a result of expenses
incurred in defending claims or the award of damages.
In addition, we may be required to participate in recalls
involving systems or components sold by us if any prove to be
defective, or we may voluntarily initiate a recall or make
payments related to such claims as a result of various industry
or business practices or the need to maintain good customer
relationships. Such a recall would result in a diversion of
management resources. While we do maintain product liability
insurance, we cannot assure you that it will be sufficient to
cover all product liability claims, that such claims will not
exceed our insurance coverage limits or that such insurance will
continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at
all. Any product liability claim brought against us could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Moreover, we warrant the workmanship and materials of many of
our products under limited warranties and have entered into
warranty agreements with certain OEMs that warranty certain of
our products in the hands of these OEMs customers, in some
cases for as long as six years. Accordingly, we are subject to
risk of warranty claims in the event that our products do not
conform to our customers specifications, or, in some cases
in the event that our products do not conform with their
customers expectations. It is possible for warranty claims
to result in costly product recalls, significant repair costs
and damage to our reputation, all of which would adversely
affect our results of operations.
|
|
|
We may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other
labor matters. |
The hourly workforces at our Norwalk, Ohio and Shadyside, Ohio
facilities and Mexico operations are unionized. The 1,934
unionized employees at these facilities represented
approximately 38% of our total employees as of December 31,
2004 on a pro forma basis for the Mayflower and the MWC
acquisitions. The Norwalk, Ohio and Shadyside, Ohio facilities
were acquired by us in connection with the Mayflower acquisition
and the Mexican operations were acquired by us in connection
with the MWC acquisition. We have no operating history with
these work forces or prior relationship with the unions which
represent them. While neither Mayflower nor MWC has experienced
any material strikes, lockouts or work stoppages in the last
three years, there can be no assurance that our relationships
with these workforces and their unions will be as amicable or
that we will not encounter strikes, further unionization efforts
or other types of conflicts with labor unions or our employees.
We have experienced limited unionization efforts at certain of
our other North American facilities from time to time. In
addition, approximately 43% of our employees at our United
Kingdom operations are represented by a shop steward committee,
which
24
may seek to limit our flexibility in our relationship with these
employees. We cannot assure you that we will not encounter
future unionization efforts or other types of conflicts with
labor unions or our employees.
Many of our OEM customers and their suppliers also have
unionized work forces. Work stoppages or slow-downs experienced
by OEMs or their other suppliers could result in slow-downs or
closures of assembly plants where our products are included in
assembled commercial vehicles. In the event that one or more of
our customers or their suppliers experience a material work
stoppage, such work stoppage could have a material adverse
effect on our business.
|
|
|
Our products may be rendered less attractive by changes in
competitive technologies. |
Changes in competitive technologies may render certain of our
products less attractive. Our ability to anticipate changes in
technology and to successfully develop and introduce new and
enhanced products on a timely basis will be a significant factor
in our ability to remain competitive. There can be no assurance
that we will be able to achieve the technological advances that
may be necessary for us to remain competitive. We are also
subject to the risks generally associated with new product
introductions and applications, including lack of market
acceptance, delays in product development and failure to operate
properly.
|
|
|
Our continued success depends to some degree on our
ability to protect our intellectual property. |
Our success depends to some degree on our ability to protect our
intellectual property and to operate without infringing on the
proprietary rights of third parties. While we have been issued
patents and have registered trademarks with respect to many of
our products, our competitors could independently develop
similar or superior products or technologies, duplicate our
designs, trademarks, processes or other intellectual property or
design around any processes or designs on which we have or may
obtain patents or trademark protection. In addition, it is
possible that third parties may have or acquire licenses for
other technology or designs that we may use or desire to use, so
that we may need to acquire licenses to, or to contest the
validity of, such patents or trademarks of third parties. Such
licenses may not be made available to us on acceptable terms, if
at all, and we may not prevail in contesting the validity of
third party rights.
In addition to patent and trademark protection, we also protect
trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information
against unauthorized use by others or disclosure by persons who
have access to them, such as our employees, through contractual
arrangements. These agreements may not provide meaningful
protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary
information in the event of any unauthorized use,
misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how
or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain
the proprietary nature of our technologies, our sales could be
materially adversely affected. See Business
Intellectual Property.
|
|
|
We depend on the service of key individuals, the loss of
whom could materially harm our business. |
Our success will depend, in part, on the efforts of our
executive officers and other key employees, including Mervin
Dunn, our Chief Executive Officer; Gerald L. Armstrong,
President CVG Americas; Gordon Boyd,
President CVG International; Chad M. Utrup, our
Chief Financial Officer and Jim Williams, Vice President of
Human Resources. Although we do not anticipate that we will have
to replace any of our executive officers in the near future, the
loss of the services of any of our key employees could have a
material adverse affect on our business, results of operations
and financial condition. See Management
Employment Agreements.
|
|
|
We may be adversely affected by the impact of
environmental and safety regulations. |
We are subject to foreign, federal, state, and local laws and
regulations governing the protection of the environment and
occupational health and safety, including laws regulating air
emissions, wastewater discharges, the generation, storage,
handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the
emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the soil,
ground or air; and the health and safety of our colleagues. We
are also required to obtain permits from governmental
authorities for certain of our
25
operations. We cannot assure you that we are, or have been, in
complete compliance with such laws, regulations and permits. If
we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or
permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by
regulators. In some instances, such a fine or sanction could
have a material adverse effect on us. The environmental laws to
which we are subject have become more stringent over time, and
we could incur material expenses in the future to comply with
environmental laws. We are also subject to laws imposing
liability for the cleanup of contaminated property. Under these
laws, we could be held liable for costs and damages relating to
contamination at our past or present facilities and at third
party sites to which we sent waste containing hazardous
substances. The amount of such liability could be material. We
cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury
resulting from exposure to hazardous materials, and we could
incur material liability as a result of any such contamination
or injury.
|
|
|
We may be adversely affected by the impact of government
regulations on our OEM customers. |
Although the products we manufacture and supply to commercial
vehicle OEMs are not subject to significant government
regulation, our business is indirectly impacted by the extensive
governmental regulation applicable to commercial vehicle OEMs.
These regulations primarily relate to emissions and noise
standards imposed by the Environmental Protection Agency, state
regulatory agencies, such as the California Air Resources Board
(CARB), and other regulatory agencies around the
world. Commercial vehicle OEMs are also subject to the National
Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act and Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards promulgated by the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration. Changes in emission standards and other
proposed governmental regulations could impact the demand for
commercial vehicles and, as a result, indirectly impact our
operations. For example, new emission standards governing
heavy-duty diesel engines that went into effect in the United
States on October 1, 2002 resulted in significant purchases
of new trucks by fleet operators prior to such date and reduced
short term demand for such trucks in periods immediately
following such date. New emission standards for truck engines
used in Class 5 to 8 trucks imposed by the EPA and
CARB are scheduled to come into effect during 2007. To the
extent that current or future governmental regulation has a
negative impact on the demand for commercial vehicles, our
business, financial condition or results of operations could be
adversely affected. See Business Government
Regulation.
|
|
|
We will be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of
controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002. |
We are in the process of evaluating our internal control over
financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our
independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, our
internal control over financial reporting. We will be performing
the system and process evaluation and testing (and any necessary
remediation) required to comply with the management
certification and auditor attestation requirements of
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. While we anticipate
being able to fully implement the requirements relating to
internal controls and all other aspects of Section 404 by
our December 31, 2005 deadline, we cannot be certain as to
the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and
remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations
since there is presently no precedent available by which to
measure compliance adequacy. If we are not able to implement the
requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with
adequate compliance, we might be subject to sanctions or
investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC or The
Nasdaq National Market. Any such action could adversely affect
our financial results or investors confidence in our
company, and could cause our stock price to fall. In addition,
our controls and procedures may not comply with all the relevant
rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq National Market.
If we fail to develop and maintain effective controls and
procedures, we may be unable to provide financial information in
a timely and reliable manner.
|
|
|
Equipment failures, delays in deliveries or catastrophic
loss at any of our facilities could lead to production or
service curtailments or shutdowns. |
We manufacture or assemble our products at 27 facilities
worldwide. An interruption in production or service capabilities
at any of these facilities as a result of equipment failure or
other reasons could result in
26
our inability to produce our products, which would reduce our
net sales and earnings for the affected period. In the event of
a stoppage in production at any of our facilities, even if only
temporary, or if we experience delays as a result of events that
are beyond our control, delivery times to our customers could be
severely affected. Any significant delay in deliveries to our
customers could lead to increased returns or cancellations and
cause us to lose future sales. Our facilities are also subject
to the risk of catastrophic loss due to unanticipated events
such as fires, explosions or violent weather conditions. We may
experience plant shutdowns or periods of reduced production as a
result of equipment failure, delays in deliveries or
catastrophic loss, which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations or financial condition.
|
|
|
The reliability of market and industry data included in
this prospectus may be uncertain. |
This prospectus contains market and industry data, primarily
from reports published by ACT Research and from internal company
surveys, studies and research, related to the truck components
industry and its segments, as well as the truck industry in
general. This data includes estimates and forecasts regarding
future growth in these industries, specifically data related to
North American truck production, truck freight growth and the
historical average age of active heavy-duty trucks. Such data
has been published in industry publications that typically
indicate that they have derived the data from sources believed
to be reasonable, but do not guarantee the accuracy or
completeness of the data. While we believe these industry
publications to be reliable, we have not independently verified
the data or any of the assumptions on which the estimates and
forecasts are based. Similarly, internal company surveys,
studies and research, which we believe are reliable, have not
been verified by any independent sources. The failure of the
truck industry and/or the truck components industry to continue
to grow as forecasted may have a material adverse effect on our
business.
|
|
|
We are subject to certain risks associated with our
foreign operations. |
We have operations in Europe, Australia, Mexico and China.
Collectively in 2004, sales derived from these operations
accounted for approximately 28% of our revenues on an actual
basis and, on a pro forma basis, would have accounted for 24% of
our revenues. Certain risks are inherent in international
operations, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the difficulty of enforcing agreements and collecting
receivables through certain foreign legal systems; |
|
|
|
foreign customers, who may have longer payment cycles than
customers in the United States; |
|
|
|
tax rates in certain foreign countries, which may exceed those
in the United States and foreign earnings may be subject to
withholding requirements or the imposition of tariffs, exchange
controls or other restrictions, including restrictions on
repatriation; |
|
|
|
intellectual property protection difficulties; |
|
|
|
general economic and political conditions in countries where we
operate, which may have an adverse effect on our operations in
those countries; |
|
|
|
the difficulties associated with managing a large organization
spread throughout various countries; and |
|
|
|
complications in complying with a variety of foreign laws and
regulations, which may conflict with United States law. |
As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will
be dependent, in part, on our ability to anticipate and
effectively manage these and other risks associated with foreign
operations. We cannot assure you that these and other factors
will not have a material adverse effect on our international
operations or our business, financial condition or results of
operations as a whole.
27
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements
within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act of 1995. These statements may be found throughout this
prospectus, particularly under the headings Summary,
Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and Business, among others. Forward-looking
statements typically are identified by the use of terms such as
may, should, expect,
anticipate, believe,
estimate, intend and similar words,
although some forward-looking statements are expressed
differently. You should consider statements that contain these
words carefully because they describe our expectations, plans,
strategies and goals and beliefs concerning future business
conditions, our results of operations, financial position, and
our business outlook or state other forward-looking
information based on currently available information. The
factors listed below under the heading Risk Factors
and in the other sections of this prospectus provide a
discussion of the most significant risks, uncertainties and
events that could cause our actual results to differ materially
from the expectations expressed in our forward-looking
statements.
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate
only to events as of the date on which the statements are made.
We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking
statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on
which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events, except to the extent required by
applicable securities law.
28
EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer
We, the subsidiary guarantors and the initial purchasers entered
into a registration rights agreement in connection with the
issuance of the outstanding notes on July 6, 2005. Under
the registration rights agreement, we have agreed that we will:
|
|
|
|
|
within 90 days after the issue date of the outstanding
notes, file a registration statement with the SEC with respect
to the offer to exchange the outstanding notes for new notes
having terms substantially identical in all material respects to
the outstanding notes except that they will not contain terms
with respect to transfer restrictions; |
|
|
|
use our reasonable best efforts to cause the registration
statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act
within 180 days after the issue date of the outstanding
notes; |
|
|
|
as soon as practicable after the effectiveness of the
registration statement, offer the exchange notes in exchange for
surrender of the outstanding notes; |
|
|
|
keep the exchange offer open for not less than 30 days (or
longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of
the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the outstanding
notes; and |
|
|
|
file a shelf registration statement for the resale of the
outstanding notes if we cannot effect an exchange offer within
the time periods listed above and in other circumstances. |
We will pay additional interest on the notes for the periods
described below if:
|
|
|
|
|
we do not file the registration statement with the SEC on or
prior to the 90th day after the issue date of the
outstanding notes; |
|
|
|
the registration statement is not declared effective by the SEC
on or prior to the 180th day after the issue date of the
outstanding notes or, if obligated to file a shelf registration
statement, a shelf registration statement is not declared
effective by the SEC on or prior to the 180th day after the
issue date of the outstanding notes; |
|
|
|
the exchange offer is not consummated on or before the
40th day after the registration statement is declared
effective; |
|
|
|
if obligated to file a shelf registration statement, the shelf
registration statement is not declared effective on or prior to
the 60th day after its filing; and |
|
|
|
after the registration statement or the shelf registration
statement, as the case may be, is declared effective, such
registration statement thereafter ceases to be effective or
usable (subject to certain exceptions). |
Where there is a registration default, the rate of the
additional interest will be 0.25% per annum for the first
90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a
registration default, and such rate will increase by an
additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent
90-day period until all registration defaults have been cured,
up to a maximum additional interest rate of 2.0% per annum.
We will pay such additional interest on regular interest payment
dates. Such additional interest will be in addition to any other
interest payable from time to time with respect to the
outstanding notes and the exchange notes. The payment of such
additional interest will be the holders sole monetary
remedy under the registration rights agreement with respect to
any registration defaults thereunder.
From October 5, 2005 until November 1, 2005, we were
in a registration default. As a result, on the next interest
payment date, holders will receive additional interest on our
notes accrued from October 5, 2005 through but not
including November 1, 2005.
29
Terms of the Exchange Offer
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any
and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration
date of the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 principal
amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal
amount of outstanding notes accepted in the exchange offer. Any
holder may tender some or all of its outstanding notes pursuant
to the exchange offer. However, outstanding notes may be
tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.
The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the
form and terms of the outstanding notes except that:
|
|
|
|
|
the exchange notes bear a Series B designation and a
different CUSIP Number from the outstanding notes; |
|
|
|
the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act
and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer
thereof; and |
|
|
|
the holders of the exchange notes will not be entitled to
certain rights under the registration rights agreement,
including the provisions providing for an increase in the
interest rate on the outstanding notes in certain circumstances
relating to the timing of the exchange offer, all of which
rights will terminate when the exchange offer is terminated. |
The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the
outstanding notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the
indenture relating to the outstanding notes.
As of the date of this prospectus, $150,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding notes were outstanding. We
have fixed the close of business on December 5, 2005 as the
record date for the exchange offer for purposes of determining
the persons to whom this prospectus and the letter of
transmittal will be mailed initially.
Holders of outstanding notes do not have any appraisal or
dissenters rights under the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware or the indenture relating to the notes in
connection with the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the
exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of
the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder.
We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding
notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice
thereof to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as
agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the
exchange notes from us.
If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange
because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of specified other
events set forth in this prospectus or otherwise, the
certificates for any unaccepted outstanding notes will be
returned, without expense, to the tendering holder thereof
promptly following the expiration date of the exchange offer.
Holders who tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer will
not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject
to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes
with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes pursuant to
the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other
than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with
the exchange offer. See - Fees and Expenses.
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments
The term expiration date will mean 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on January 4, 2006, unless we, in our
sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the
term expiration date will mean the latest date and
time to which the exchange offer is extended.
In order to extend the exchange offer, we will make a press
release or other public announcement, notify the exchange agent
of any extension by oral or written notice and will mail to the
registered holders
30
an announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the next business day after the previously
scheduled expiration date.
We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, (1) to delay
accepting any outstanding notes, to extend the exchange offer or
to terminate the exchange offer if any of the conditions set
forth below under Conditions have not
been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of any delay,
extension or termination to the exchange agent or (2) to
amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. Such
decision will also be communicated in a press release or other
public announcement prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City
time on the next business day following such decision Any
announcement of delay in acceptance, extension, termination or
amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or
written notice thereof to the registered holders.
Interest on the Exchange Notes
The exchange notes will bear interest from their date of
issuance. Holders of outstanding notes that are accepted for
exchange will receive, in cash, accrued interest thereon to, but
not including, the date of issuance of the exchange notes. Such
interest will be paid with the first interest payment on the
exchange notes on January 1, 2006. Interest on the
outstanding notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue
upon issuance of the exchange notes.
Interest on the exchange notes is payable semi-annually on each
January 1 and July 1, commencing on January 1, 2006.
Procedures for Tendering
Only a holder of outstanding notes may tender outstanding notes
in the exchange offer. To tender in the exchange offer, a holder
must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a
facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon guaranteed if
required by the letter of transmittal or transmit an
agents message in connection with a book-entry transfer,
and mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the
facsimile, together with the outstanding notes and any other
required documents, to the exchange agent prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
To be tendered effectively, the outstanding notes, letter of
transmittal or an agents message and other required
documents must be completed and received by the exchange agent
at the address set forth below under Exchange
Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date. Delivery of the outstanding notes may be made
by book-entry transfer in accordance with the procedures
described below. Confirmation of the book-entry transfer must be
received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date.
The term agents message means a message,
transmitted by a book-entry transfer facility to, and received
by, the exchange agent forming a part of a confirmation of a
book-entry, which states that the book-entry transfer facility
has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in
the book-entry transfer facility tendering the outstanding notes
that the participant has received and agrees: (1) to
participate in ATOP; (2) to be bound by the terms of the
letter of transmittal; and (3) that we may enforce the
agreement against the participant.
By executing the letter of transmittal, each holder will make to
us the representations set forth above in the third paragraph
under the heading Purpose and Effect of the
Exchange Offer.
The tender by a holder and our acceptance thereof will
constitute an agreement between the holder and us in accordance
with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus and in the letter of transmittal or agents
message.
The method of delivery of outstanding notes and the letter of
transmittal or agents message and all other required
documents to the exchange agent is at the election and sole risk
of the holder. As an alternative to delivery by mail, holders
may wish to consider overnight or hand delivery service. In all
cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to
the exchange agent before the expiration date. No letter of
transmittal or outstanding notes should be sent to us. Holders
may request their
31
respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust
companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for
them.
Any beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in
the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the
registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to
tender on the beneficial owners behalf. See
Instructions to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry
Transfer Facility Participant from Beneficial Owner
included with the letter of transmittal.
Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal,
as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member of the
Medallion System unless the outstanding notes tendered pursuant
to the letter of transmittal are tendered (1) by a
registered holder who has not completed the box entitled
Special Registration Instructions or Special
Delivery Instructions on the letter of transmittal or
(2) for the account of a member firm of the Medallion
System. In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal
or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to
be guaranteed, the guarantee must be by a member firm of the
Medallion System.
If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than
the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed in this
prospectus, the outstanding notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by the
registered holder as the registered holders name appears
on the outstanding notes with the signature thereon guaranteed
by a member firm of the Medallion System.
If the letter of transmittal or any outstanding notes or bond
powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators,
guardians, attorneys-in-fact, offices of corporations or others
acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the person
signing should so indicate when signing, and evidence
satisfactory to us of its authority to so act must be submitted
with the letter of transmittal.
We understand that the exchange agent will make a request
promptly after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts
with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC for the purpose of
facilitating the exchange offer, and subject to the
establishment thereof, any financial institution that is a
participant in DTCs system may make book-entry delivery of
outstanding notes by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding
notes into the exchange agents account with respect to the
outstanding notes in accordance with DTCs procedures for
the transfer. Although delivery of the outstanding notes may be
effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange
agents account at DTC, unless an agents message is
received by the exchange agent in compliance with ATOP, an
appropriate letter of transmittal properly completed and duly
executed with any required signature guarantee and all other
required documents must in each case be transmitted to and
received or confirmed by the exchange agent at its address set
forth below on or prior to the expiration date, or, if the
guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied
with, within the time period provided under the procedures.
Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the
exchange agent.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including
time of receipt, acceptance of tendered outstanding notes and
withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes will be determined by
us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and
binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all
outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes
our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be
unlawful. We also reserve the right in our sole discretion to
waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to
particular outstanding notes, provided however that, to the
extent such waiver includes any condition to tender, we will
waive such condition as to all tendering holders. Our
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange
offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal,
will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any
defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of
outstanding notes must be cured within the time we determine.
Although we intend to notify holders of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes,
neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur
any liability for failure to give the notification. Tenders of
outstanding notes will not be deemed to have been made until the
defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any
outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not
properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities
have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange
32
agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the
letter of transmittal, promptly following the expiration date.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
Holders who wish to tender their outstanding notes and
(1) whose outstanding notes are not immediately available,
(2) who cannot deliver their outstanding notes, the letter
of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange
agent or (3) who cannot complete the procedures for
book-entry transfer, prior to the expiration date, may effect a
tender if:
|
|
|
(A) the tender is made through a member firm of the
Medallion System; |
|
|
(B) prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent
receives from a member firm of the Medallion System a properly
completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery by
facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery setting forth the
name and address of the holder, the certificate number(s) of the
outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes
tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and
guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading
days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal or
facsimile thereof together with the certificate(s) representing
the outstanding notes or a confirmation of book-entry transfer
of the outstanding notes into the exchange agents account
at DTC, and any other documents required by the letter of
transmittal will be deposited by the member firm of the
Medallion System with the exchange agent; and |
|
|
(C) the properly completed and executed letter of
transmittal of facsimile thereof, as well as the certificate(s)
representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for
transfer or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the
outstanding notes into the exchange agents account at DTC,
and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal
are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock
Exchange trading days after the expiration date. |
Upon request to the exchange agent, a Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their
outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth above.
Withdrawal of Tenders
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, tenders of
outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
To withdraw a tender of outstanding notes in the exchange offer,
a telegram, telex, letter or facsimile transmission notice of
withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address
set forth in this prospectus prior to 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange
offer. Any notice of withdrawal must:
|
|
|
(1) specify the name of the person having deposited the
outstanding notes to be withdrawn; |
|
|
(2) identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn,
including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of the
outstanding notes, or, in the case of outstanding notes
transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the
account at DTC to be credited; |
|
|
(3) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the
original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the
outstanding notes were tendered, including any required
signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer
sufficient to have the trustee with respect to the outstanding
notes register the transfer of the outstanding notes into the
name of the person withdrawing the tender; and |
|
|
(4) specify the name in which any outstanding notes are to
be registered, if different from that of the person depositing
the outstanding notes to be withdrawn. |
All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility,
including time of receipt, of the notices will be determined by
us, which determination will be final and binding on all
parties. Any outstanding notes so
33
withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for
purposes of the exchange offer and no exchange notes will be
issued with respect thereto unless the outstanding notes so
withdrawn are validly retendered. Any outstanding notes which
have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will
be returned to the holder thereof without cost to the holder
promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of
the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be
retendered by following one of the procedures described above
under Procedures for Tendering at any
time prior to the expiration date.
Conditions
Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, we will
not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange notes for,
any outstanding notes, and may, prior to the expiration of the
exchange offer, terminate or amend the exchange offer as
provided in this prospectus before the acceptance of the
outstanding notes, if:
|
|
|
(1) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in
any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect
to the exchange offer which we, in our sole judgment, believe
might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange
offer or any material adverse development has occurred in any
existing action or proceeding with respect to us or any of our
subsidiaries; or |
|
|
(2) any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by
the Staff of the SEC is proposed, adopted or enacted, which we,
in our sole judgment, believe might materially impair our
ability to proceed with the exchange offer or materially impair
the contemplated benefits of the exchange offer to us; or |
|
|
(3) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which
approval we, in our sold judgment, believe to be necessary for
the consummation of the exchange offer as contemplated by this
prospectus. |
If we determine in our reasonable discretion that any of the
conditions are not satisfied, we may (1) refuse to accept
any outstanding notes and return all tendered outstanding notes
to the tendering holders, (2) extend the exchange offer and
retain all outstanding notes tendered prior to the expiration of
the exchange offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders
to withdraw the outstanding notes (see
Withdrawal of Tenders) or (3) waive
the unsatisfied conditions with respect to the exchange offer
and accept all properly tendered outstanding notes which have
not been withdrawn.
Exchange Agent
U.S. Bank National Association has been appointed as
exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions and requests
for assistance, requests for additional copies of this
prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the exchange
agent addressed as follows:
|
|
|
By Overnight Courier or
Registered/Certified Mail: |
|
Facsimile Transmission:
(651) 495-8158 |
U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, MN 55107
Attention: Specialized Finance Department |
|
For information or to confirm receipt of
facsimile by telephone (call toll-free):
(800) 934-6802 |
Delivery to an address other than set forth above will not
constitute a valid delivery.
Fees and Expenses
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal
solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional
solicitation may be made by telegraph, telecopy, telephone or in
person by our and our affiliates officers and regular
employees.
34
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers,
dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer.
We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and
customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with
these services.
We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with
the exchange offer. Such expenses include fees and expenses of
the exchange agent and trustee, accounting and legal fees and
printing costs, among others.
Accounting Treatment
The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value
as the outstanding notes, which is face value, as reflected in
our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we
will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes as a
result of the exchange offer. The expenses of the exchange offer
will be deferred and charged to expense over the term of the
exchange notes.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
The outstanding notes that are not exchanged for exchange notes
pursuant to the exchange offer will remain restricted
securities. Accordingly, the outstanding notes may be resold
only:
|
|
|
(1) to us upon redemption thereof or otherwise; |
|
|
(2) so long as the outstanding notes are eligible for
resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the United
States whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified
institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under
the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of
Rule 144A, in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, or pursuant to another exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, which other
exemption is based upon an opinion of counsel reasonably
acceptable to us; |
|
|
(3) outside the United States to a foreign person in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the
Securities Act; or |
|
|
(4) pursuant to an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act, |
in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws
of any state of the United States.
Resale of the Exchange Notes
With respect to resales of exchange notes, based on
interpretations by the Staff of the SEC set forth in no-action
letters issued to third parties, we believe that a holder or
other person who receives exchange notes, whether or not the
person is the holder, other than a person that is our affiliate
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, in
exchange for outstanding notes in the ordinary course of
business and who is not participating, does not intend to
participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange
notes, will be allowed to resell the exchange notes to the
public without further registration under the Securities Act and
without delivering to the purchasers of the exchange notes a
prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of
the Securities Act. However, if any holder acquires exchange
notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing or
participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, the
holder cannot rely on the position of the Staff of the SEC
expressed in the no-action letters or any similar interpretive
letters, and must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with
any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is
otherwise available. Further, each broker-dealer that receives
exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding
notes, where the outstanding notes were acquired by the
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
See Plan of Distribution.
35
USE OF PROCEEDS
This exchange offer is intended to satisfy certain of our
obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not
receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange
notes. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes
contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive outstanding
notes in like principal amount, the form and terms of which are
the same as the form and terms of the exchange notes, except as
otherwise described in this prospectus.
The net proceeds from the issuance of the outstanding notes was
$145.9 million, after deducting discounts, commissions and
the estimated expenses of the offering of the outstanding notes.
We used the net proceeds from the offering of the outstanding
notes to repay approximately $145.9 million in aggregate
principal amount of borrowings under our senior credit facility.
As of September 30, 2005, under our senior credit facility
we had term loan borrowings of $39.0 million, bearing
interest at a weighted average rate of 6.0%, and revolving
credit facility borrowings of $2.6 million, bearing
interest at a weighted average rate of 6.8%. The revolving
credit facility is available until January 31, 2010 and the
term loans are due and payable on December 31, 2010.
36
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and
capitalization as of September 30, 2005. You should read
this table in conjunction with the Use of Proceeds,
Selected Financial Data, Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our consolidated financial statements and
related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
September 30, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
25,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current maturities):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior credit facility:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving credit facility
|
|
$ |
2,644 |
|
|
|
Term loans
|
|
|
38,956 |
|
|
Outstanding notes
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
191,600 |
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.01 par value per share;
5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value per share;
30,000,000 shares authorized; 20,946,490 shares issued
and outstanding
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
168,565 |
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
21,515 |
|
|
Stock subscriptions receivable
|
|
|
(49 |
) |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(901 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
189,339 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$ |
380,939 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
We used the net proceeds from the offering of the outstanding
notes to repay approximately $145.9 million in aggregate
principal amount of borrowings under our senior credit facility.
We used the net proceeds from the equity offering to repay
approximately $44.9 million in aggregate principal amount
of borrowings under our senior credit facility. |
37
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
statements have been derived by the application of pro forma
adjustments to our historical consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. We are providing the
following unaudited pro forma financial information because the
effects of the Mayflower acquisition, the MWC acquisition, the
offering of the outstanding notes and the equity offering on our
financial information are material.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations
data for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the
nine months ended September 30, 2005 have been
prepared to give effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
the Mayflower acquisition; |
|
|
|
the MWC acquisition; |
|
|
|
the offering of the outstanding notes; and |
|
|
|
the equity offering |
as if each of these transactions had occurred on January 1,
2004.
The adjustments to the unaudited pro forma financial data are
based upon valuations and other studies that have not been
completed but that management believes to be reasonable. The
unaudited pro forma financial data are for informational
purposes only and do not purport to represent or be indicative
of actual results that would have been achieved had the
transactions described above actually been completed on the
dates indicated and do not purport to be indicative or to
forecast what our balance sheet data, results of operations,
cash flows or other data will be as of any future date or for
any future period. A number of factors may affect our results.
See Forward-Looking Statements and Risk
Factors.
The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates and
currently available information and assumptions that management
believes are reasonable. The notes to the unaudited pro forma
balance sheet data and statement of operations data provide a
detailed discussion of how such adjustments were derived and
presented herein. The following data should be read in
conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Selected Historical Financial Data and the
consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
38
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
Equity | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions | |
|
Offering | |
|
Offering | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
CVG | |
|
Mayflower | |
|
MWC | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
As Adjusted | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts) | |
REVENUES
|
|
$ |
554,365 |
|
|
$ |
23,986 |
|
|
$ |
41,863 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
620,214 |
|
COST OF SALES
|
|
|
455,476 |
|
|
|
21,553 |
|
|
|
33,732 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
510,761 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
98,889 |
|
|
|
2,433 |
|
|
|
8,131 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109,453 |
|
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
|
|
|
31,597 |
|
|
|
727 |
|
|
|
1,960 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,284 |
|
AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
67,075 |
|
|
|
1,706 |
|
|
|
6,166 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74,947 |
|
OTHER INCOME
|
|
|
(3,598 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,598 |
) |
INTEREST EXPENSE (INCOME)
|
|
|
9,460 |
|
|
|
793 |
|
|
|
919 |
|
|
|
739 |
(1) |
|
|
1,241 |
(3) |
|
|
(1,557 |
)(4) |
|
|
11,595 |
|
LOSS ON EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
59,688 |
|
|
|
913 |
|
|
|
5,247 |
|
|
|
(739 |
) |
|
|
(1,241 |
) |
|
|
1,557 |
|
|
|
65,425 |
|
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
22,719 |
|
|
|
396 |
|
|
|
2,189 |
|
|
|
(386 |
)(2) |
|
|
(496 |
)(2) |
|
|
623 |
(2) |
|
|
25,045 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
$ |
36,969 |
|
|
$ |
517 |
|
|
$ |
3,058 |
|
|
$ |
(353 |
) |
|
$ |
(745 |
) |
|
$ |
934 |
|
|
$ |
40,380 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:
|
|
$ |
1.96 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
|
|
$ |
1.93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Statements
39
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes | |
|
Equity | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions | |
|
Offering | |
|
Offering | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
CVG | |
|
Mayflower | |
|
MWC | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
As Adjusted | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts) | |
REVENUES
|
|
$ |
380,445 |
|
|
$ |
206,457 |
|
|
$ |
84,056 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
670,958 |
|
COST OF SALES
|
|
|
309,696 |
|
|
|
181,209 |
|
|
|
71,818 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
562,723 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
70,749 |
|
|
|
25,248 |
|
|
|
12,238 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108,235 |
|
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
|
|
|
28,985 |
|
|
|
3,659 |
|
|
|
4,670 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,314 |
|
NONCASH OPTION ISSUANCE CHARGE
|
|
|
10,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,125 |
|
AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
31,532 |
|
|
|
21,589 |
|
|
|
7,538 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,659 |
|
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE
|
|
|
(1,247 |
) |
|
|
765 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(482 |
) |
INTEREST EXPENSE (INCOME)
|
|
|
7,244 |
|
|
|
(170 |
) |
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
11,096 |
(1) |
|
|
2,481 |
(3) |
|
|
(3,114 |
)(4) |
|
|
17,672 |
|
LOSS ON EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
23,930 |
|
|
|
20,994 |
|
|
|
7,403 |
|
|
|
(11,096 |
) |
|
|
(2,481 |
) |
|
|
3,114 |
|
|
|
41,864 |
|
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
6,481 |
|
|
|
7,865 |
|
|
|
2,961 |
|
|
|
(3,907 |
)(2) |
|
|
(992 |
)(2) |
|
|
1,246 |
(2) |
|
|
13,654 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
$ |
17,449 |
|
|
$ |
13,129 |
|
|
$ |
4,442 |
|
|
$ |
(7,189 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,489 |
) |
|
$ |
1,868 |
|
|
$ |
28,210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
|
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
|
|
$ |
1.12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Statements
40
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
|
|
(1) |
Reflects adjustments to interest expense on incremental net
borrowings of approximately $106.4 million incurred in
connection with the Mayflower acquisition and interest expense
on incremental net borrowings of approximately
$58.0 million incurred in connection with the MWC
acquisition at a weighted average interest rate of 6.5% for
borrowings under the term loan facility and 7.0% for borrowings
under the revolving credit facility as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments to | |
|
|
Interest Expense | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Interest on incremental $106.4 million of net borrowings
related to the Mayflower acquisition
|
|
$ |
7,211 |
|
|
$ |
793 |
|
Interest on incremental $58.0 million of net borrowings
related to the MWC acquisition
|
|
|
3,850 |
|
|
|
1,659 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
11,061 |
|
|
|
2,452 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment for interest income (expense) previously recorded by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mayflower
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
(793 |
) |
|
MWC
|
|
|
(135 |
) |
|
|
(920 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
(1,713 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase
|
|
$ |
11,096 |
|
|
$ |
739 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
Reflects an adjustment to income taxes based on our effective
tax rate. |
|
|
(3) |
Reflects pro forma interest expense on $150.0 million of
outstanding notes at an interest rate of 8.0% and amortization
of deferred financing fees of $5.25 million over the eight
year term as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments to | |
|
|
Interest Expense | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Interest on $150.0 million of notes offered hereby
|
|
$ |
12,000 |
|
|
$ |
6,000 |
|
Amortization of fees related to the notes offered hereby
|
|
|
469 |
|
|
|
234 |
|
Adjustment for interest expense previously recorded on $144.7
million of borrowings under senior credit facility
|
|
|
(9,988 |
) |
|
|
(4,993 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,481 |
|
|
$ |
1,241 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Reflects the reduction of interest expense on the reduction in
net borrowings under our revolving credit facility at a weighted
average interest rate of 7.0%. |
41
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial
data regarding our business and certain industry information and
should be read together with Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our consolidated financial statements and
the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31,
2003 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2002,
2003 and 2004, are derived from our consolidated financial
statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus, which
financial statements have been audited by Deloitte &
Touche LLP as indicated by their report thereon. The
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 and
the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the
year ended December 31, 2001 are derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements, which are not included in
this prospectus. The consolidated balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2000 and 2001 and as of September 30,
2005 and the consolidated statements of operations and cash
flows for the year ended December 31, 2000 and the nine
months ended September 30, 2004 and 2005 are derived from
our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our unaudited
financial statements as of September 30, 2005 and for the
nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2005 are included
elsewhere in this prospectus and include certain adjustments,
all of which are normal recurring adjustments, which our
management considers necessary for a fair presentation of our
results for these unaudited periods. The results of operations
for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 are not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full
fiscal year. The North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck
production rates included in the Other Data section
set forth below are unaudited.
The unaudited financial data set forth below as of and for the
year ended December 31, 2000 is derived from the results of
operations of Trim Systems, LLC for the entire period and the
results of operations of Commercial Vehicle Systems and
National/KAB Seating beginning from their respective dates of
acquisition by our principal stockholders, which occurred on
March 31, 2000 and October 6, 2000, respectively.
Because these businesses were under common control since their
respective dates of acquisition, their historical results of
operations have been combined for the periods in which they were
under common control based on their respective historical basis
of accounting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
244,963 |
|
|
$ |
271,226 |
|
|
$ |
298,678 |
|
|
$ |
287,579 |
|
|
$ |
380,445 |
|
|
$ |
279,193 |
|
|
$ |
554,365 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
208,083 |
|
|
|
229,593 |
|
|
|
249,181 |
|
|
|
237,884 |
|
|
|
309,696 |
|
|
|
228,622 |
|
|
|
455,476 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
36,880 |
|
|
|
41,633 |
|
|
|
49,497 |
|
|
|
49,695 |
|
|
|
70,749 |
|
|
|
50,571 |
|
|
|
98,889 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
21,569 |
|
|
|
21,767 |
|
|
|
23,952 |
|
|
|
24,281 |
|
|
|
28,985 |
|
|
|
21,282 |
|
|
|
31,597 |
|
Noncash option issuance charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,125 |
|
|
|
10,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
2,725 |
|
|
|
3,822 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
217 |
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
5,561 |
|
|
|
449 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
7,025 |
|
|
|
15,595 |
|
|
|
25,423 |
|
|
|
25,229 |
|
|
|
31,532 |
|
|
|
19,079 |
|
|
|
67,075 |
|
Other expense (income)
|
|
|
(1,955 |
) |
|
|
(2,347 |
) |
|
|
1,098 |
|
|
|
3,230 |
|
|
|
(1,247 |
) |
|
|
(2,533 |
) |
|
|
(3,598 |
) |
Interest expense
|
|
|
12,396 |
|
|
|
14,885 |
|
|
|
12,940 |
|
|
|
9,796 |
|
|
|
7,244 |
|
|
|
5,938 |
|
|
|
9,460 |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,972 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) | |
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of
accounting change
|
|
|
(3,416 |
) |
|
|
3,057 |
|
|
|
11,385 |
|
|
|
9,231 |
|
|
|
23,930 |
|
|
|
14,069 |
|
|
|
59,688 |
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
(2,550 |
) |
|
|
5,072 |
|
|
|
5,235 |
|
|
|
5,267 |
|
|
|
6,481 |
|
|
|
2,551 |
|
|
|
22,719 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change
|
|
|
(866 |
) |
|
|
(2,015 |
) |
|
|
6,150 |
|
|
|
3,964 |
|
|
|
17,449 |
|
|
|
11,518 |
|
|
|
36,969 |
|
Cumulative effect of accounting change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51,630 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(866 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,015 |
) |
|
$ |
(45,480 |
) |
|
$ |
3,964 |
|
|
$ |
17,449 |
|
|
$ |
11,518 |
|
|
$ |
36,969 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
(0.09 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.15 |
) |
|
$ |
(3.29 |
) |
|
$ |
0.29 |
|
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
|
$ |
1.96 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
(0.09 |
) |
|
|
(0.15 |
) |
|
|
(3.26 |
) |
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
1.12 |
|
|
|
0.78 |
|
|
|
1.93 |
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
9,337 |
|
|
|
13,893 |
|
|
|
13,827 |
|
|
|
13,779 |
|
|
|
15,429 |
|
|
|
14,576 |
|
|
|
18,885 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
9,337 |
|
|
|
13,893 |
|
|
|
13,931 |
|
|
|
13,883 |
|
|
|
15,623 |
|
|
|
14,724 |
|
|
|
19,159 |
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
$ |
16,768 |
|
|
$ |
10,908 |
|
|
$ |
8,809 |
|
|
$ |
28,216 |
|
|
$ |
41,727 |
|
|
$ |
49,419 |
|
|
$ |
112,551 |
|
Total assets
|
|
|
312,006 |
|
|
|
263,754 |
|
|
|
204,217 |
|
|
|
210,495 |
|
|
|
225,638 |
|
|
|
244,170 |
|
|
|
522,940 |
|
Total debt
|
|
|
161,061 |
|
|
|
140,191 |
|
|
|
127,202 |
|
|
|
127,474 |
|
|
|
53,925 |
|
|
|
78,344 |
|
|
|
191,600 |
|
Total stockholders investment
|
|
|
76,287 |
|
|
|
72,913 |
|
|
|
27,025 |
|
|
|
34,806 |
|
|
|
111,046 |
|
|
|
103,019 |
|
|
|
189,339 |
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA(2)
|
|
$ |
16,107 |
|
|
$ |
28,428 |
|
|
$ |
34,105 |
|
|
$ |
33,335 |
|
|
$ |
39,099 |
|
|
$ |
24,908 |
|
|
$ |
76,001 |
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
24,068 |
|
|
|
12,408 |
|
|
|
18,172 |
|
|
|
10,442 |
|
|
|
34,177 |
|
|
|
21,515 |
|
|
|
26,755 |
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(3,051 |
) |
|
|
7,749 |
|
|
|
(4,937 |
) |
|
|
(5,967 |
) |
|
|
(8,907 |
) |
|
|
(3,901 |
) |
|
|
(184,860 |
) |
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(13,160 |
) |
|
|
(24,792 |
) |
|
|
(14,825 |
) |
|
|
(2,761 |
) |
|
|
(28,427 |
) |
|
|
(2,726 |
) |
|
|
183,671 |
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,078 |
|
|
|
12,833 |
|
|
|
8,682 |
|
|
|
8,106 |
|
|
|
7,567 |
|
|
|
5,829 |
|
|
|
8,926 |
|
Capital expenditures, net
|
|
|
3,174 |
|
|
|
4,898 |
|
|
|
4,937 |
|
|
|
5,967 |
|
|
|
8,907 |
|
|
|
3,901 |
|
|
|
9,332 |
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.19x |
|
|
|
1.83x |
|
|
|
1.67x |
|
|
|
3.40x |
|
|
|
2.68x |
|
|
|
5.89x |
|
North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck production
(units)(4)
|
|
|
252 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
191 |
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Earnings (loss) per share and weighted average common shares
outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003 and 2004 have been calculated giving effect to the
reclassification, in connection with our initial public
offering, of our previously outstanding six classes of common
stock into one class of common stock and, in connection
therewith, a 38.991-to-one stock split. Earnings (loss) per
share for all periods were computed in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings
Per Share (SFAS No. 128). |
|
(2) |
EBITDA represents earnings before interest expense,
income taxes and depreciation and amortization, noncash gain
(loss) on forward exchange contracts, loss on early
extinguishment of debt and an impairment charge associated with
the adoption of SFAS No. 142. EBITDA does not
represent and should not be considered as an alternative to net
income or cash flow from operations, as determined by generally
accepted accounting principles. We present EBITDA because we
believe that it is widely accepted that EBITDA provides useful
information regarding our operating results. We rely on EBITDA
primarily as an operating performance measure in order to review
and assess our |
43
|
|
|
company and our management team. For example, our management
incentive plan is based upon the company achieving minimum
EBITDA targets for a given year. We also review EBITDA to
compare our current operating results with corresponding periods
and with other companies in our industry. We believe that it is
useful to investors to provide disclosures of our operating
results on the same basis as that used by our management. We
also believe that it can assist investors in comparing our
performance to that of other companies on a consistent basis
without regard to depreciation, amortization, interest or taxes,
which do not directly affect our operating performance. EBITDA
has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not
consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our
results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are: |
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future
requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; |
|
|
|
EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for,
our working capital needs; |
|
|
|
EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the
cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal
payments, on our debts; |
|
|
|
Although depreciation and amortization are noncash charges, the
assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be
replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash
requirements for such replacements; and |
|
|
|
Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently
than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. |
|
|
|
Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a
measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the
growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by
relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA only
supplementally. See the consolidated statements of cash flows
included in our financial statements included elsewhere herein.
The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
|
|
Ended | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(866 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,015 |
) |
|
$ |
(45,480 |
) |
|
$ |
3,964 |
|
|
$ |
17,449 |
|
|
$ |
11,518 |
|
|
$ |
36,969 |
|
(Subtract) add:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,078 |
|
|
|
12,833 |
|
|
|
8,682 |
|
|
|
8,106 |
|
|
|
7,567 |
|
|
|
5,829 |
|
|
|
8,926 |
|
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
(1,951 |
) |
|
|
(2,347 |
) |
|
|
1,098 |
|
|
|
3,230 |
|
|
|
(1,247 |
) |
|
|
(2,533 |
) |
|
|
(3,598 |
) |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
12,396 |
|
|
|
14,885 |
|
|
|
12,940 |
|
|
|
9,796 |
|
|
|
7,244 |
|
|
|
5,938 |
|
|
|
9,460 |
|
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,972 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
(2,550 |
) |
|
|
5,072 |
|
|
|
5,235 |
|
|
|
5,267 |
|
|
|
6,481 |
|
|
|
2,551 |
|
|
|
22,719 |
|
|
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,630 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
16,107 |
|
|
$ |
28,428 |
|
|
$ |
34,105 |
|
|
$ |
33,335 |
|
|
$ |
39,099 |
|
|
$ |
24,908 |
|
|
$ |
76,001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing
earnings by fixed charges. For purposes of calculating the ratio
of earnings to fixed charges, (i) earnings are defined as
net income before income taxes plus fixed charges and
(ii) fixed charges are defined as interest (including the
amortization of debt issuance costs) and the portion of
operating lease expense management believes to be representative
of the interest component of rental expense. Earnings before
fixed charges were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $3,416
for the year ended December 31, 2000. |
|
(4) |
Source: Americas Commercial Transportation Research Co. LLC and
ACT Publications. |
44
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis in
conjunction with the information set forth under Selected
Historical Financial Data and our consolidated financial
statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus. The statements in this discussion regarding
industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future
performance, liquidity and capital resources and other
non-historical statements in this discussion are forward-looking
statements. See Forward-Looking Statements. These
forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and
uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and
uncertainties described under Risk Factors. Our
actual results may differ materially from those contained in or
implied by any forward-looking statements.
Company Overview
We are a leading supplier of fully integrated system solutions
for the global commercial vehicle market, including the
heavy-duty truck market, the construction and agriculture market
and the specialty and military transportation markets. As a
result of our strong leadership in cab-related products and
systems, we are positioned to benefit from the increased focus
of our customers on cab design and comfort and convenience
features to better serve their end user, the driver. Our
products include suspension seat systems, interior trim systems
(including instrument panels, door panels, headliners, cabinetry
and floor systems), cab structures and components, mirrors,
wiper systems, electronic wire harness assemblies and controls
and switches specifically designed for applications in
commercial vehicles.
We are differentiated from suppliers to the automotive industry
by our ability to manufacture low volume customized products on
a sequenced basis to meet the requirements of our customers. We
believe that we have the number one or two position in most of
our major markets and that we are the only supplier in the North
American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete cab
systems including cab body assemblies, sleeper boxes, seats,
interior trim, flooring, wire harnesses, panel assemblies and
other structural components. We believe our products are used by
virtually every major North American commercial vehicle OEM,
which we believe creates an opportunity to cross-sell our
products and offer a fully integrated system solution.
Demand for our products is generally dependent on the number of
new commercial vehicles manufactured, which in turn is a
function of general economic conditions, interest rates, changes
in governmental regulations, consumer spending, fuel costs and
our customers inventory levels and production rates. New
commercial vehicle demand has historically been cyclical and is
particularly sensitive to the industrial sector of the economy,
which generates a significant portion of the freight tonnage
hauled by commercial vehicles. Production of commercial vehicles
in North America peaked in 1999 and experienced a downturn from
2000 to 2003 that was due to a weak economy, an over supply of
new and used vehicle inventory and lower spending on commercial
vehicles and equipment. Demand for commercial vehicles improved
in 2004 due to a variety of factors, including broad economic
recovery in North America, the need to replace aging truck
fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight
volumes and increasing hauler profits.
In 2004, on an actual and pro forma basis, over 54% and over
59%, respectively, of our revenue was generated from sales to
North American heavy-duty truck OEMs. Our remaining revenue in
2004 was derived from sales to OEMs in the global construction
market and other specialized transportation markets and, on a
pro forma basis, sale of body structures for Ford GT
automobiles. Demand for our products is also driven to a
significant degree by preferences of the end-user of the
commercial vehicle, particularly with respect to heavy-duty
trucks. Unlike the automotive industry, commercial vehicle OEMs
generally afford the ultimate end-user the ability to specify
many of the component parts that will be used to manufacture the
commercial vehicle, including a wide variety of cab interior
styles and colors, the brand and type of seats, type of seat
fabric and color and specific mirror styling. In addition,
certain of our products are only utilized in heavy-duty trucks,
such as our storage systems, sleeper boxes, sleeper bunks and
privacy curtains, and, as a result, changes in demand for
heavy-duty trucks or the mix of options on a
45
vehicle generally has a greater impact on our business than do
changes in the overall demand for commercial vehicles. For
example, a heavy-duty truck with a sleeper cab can contain three
times as many interior features as a heavy-duty truck with a day
cab which increases our content per vehicle. To the extent that
demand increases for higher content vehicles, our revenues and
gross profit will be positively impacted.
Along with North America, we have operations in Europe,
Australia, Mexico and China. On an actual and pro forma basis,
approximately 28% and 24%, respectively, of our revenues in 2004
have been derived from these operations. Our operating results
are therefore impacted by exchange rate fluctuations to the
extent we are unable to match revenues received in such
currencies with costs incurred in such currencies. Strengthening
of these foreign currencies as compared to the U.S. dollar,
on an actual and pro forma basis, resulted in an approximately
$11 million increase in our revenues in 2004 as compared to
2003. Because our costs were generally impacted to the same
degree as our revenue, this exchange rate fluctuation did not
have a material impact on our net income in 2004 as compared to
2003.
In response to the last downturn in the commercial vehicle
market from 2000 to 2003, we implemented a number of operating
initiatives to improve our overall cost structure and operating
efficiencies. These included:
|
|
|
|
|
eliminating excess production capacity through the closure and
consolidation of four manufacturing facilities, two design
centers and two assembly facilities; |
|
|
|
implementing Lean Manufacturing and Total Quality Production
System (TQPS) initiatives throughout many of
our U.S. manufacturing facilities to improve operating
efficiency and product quality; |
|
|
|
reducing headcount for both salaried and hourly employees; and |
|
|
|
improving our design capabilities and new product development
efforts to focus on higher margin product enhancements. |
As a result of these initiatives, we improved our operating
margins each year since 2000 despite a reduction in North
American heavy-duty (Class 8) truck production of 28% from
252,000 units in 2000 to 182,000 units in 2003. We
continuously seek ways to lower costs, improve manufacturing
efficiencies and increase product throughput and intend to apply
this philosophy to those operations recently acquired through
the Mayflower and MWC acquisitions. We believe our ongoing cost
saving initiatives and the establishment of our sourcing
relationships in China will enable us to continue to lower
manufacturing costs. In conjunction with the start-up of our
Shanghai, China facility, we have established a relationship
with Baird Asia Limited to assist us in sourcing products for
use in our China facility as well as sourcing products for our
operations in the United States at prices lower than we can
purchase components today.
Although OEM demand for our products is directly correlated with
new vehicle production, we also have the opportunity to grow
through increasing our product content per vehicle through
cross-selling and bundling of products. We generally compete for
new business at the beginning of the development of a new
vehicle platform and upon the redesign of existing programs. New
platform development generally begins at least one to three
years before the marketing of such models by our customers.
Contract durations for commercial vehicle products generally
extend for the entire life of the platform, which is typically
five to seven years.
In sourcing products for a specific platform, the customer
generally develops a proposed production timetable, including
current volume and option mix estimates based on their own
assumptions, and then sources business with the supplier
pursuant to written contracts, purchase orders or other firm
commitments in terms of price, quality, technology and delivery.
In general, these contracts, purchase orders and commitments
provide that the customer can terminate if a supplier does not
meet specified quality and delivery requirements and, in many
cases, they provide that the price will decrease over the
proposed production timetable. Awarded business generally covers
the supply of all or a portion of a customers production
and service requirements for a particular product program rather
than the supply of
46
a specific quantity of products. Accordingly, in estimating
awarded business over the life of a contract or other
commitment, a supplier must make various assumptions as to the
estimated number of vehicles expected to be produced, the timing
of that production, mix of options on the vehicles produced and
pricing of the products being supplied. The actual production
volumes and option mix of vehicles produced by customers depend
on a number of factors that are beyond a suppliers control.
Recent Acquisitions
On February 7, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the
assets and liabilities related to Mayflower Vehicle
Systems North American Commercial Vehicle Operations for
$107.5 million, and Mayflower became a wholly owned
subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group. The Mayflower
acquisition was funded through an increase and amendment to our
senior credit facility. Mayflower is the only non-captive
producer of complete steel and aluminum truck cabs for the
commercial vehicle sector in North America. Mayflower serves the
North American commercial vehicle sector from three
manufacturing locations, Norwalk, Ohio, Shadyside, Ohio and
Kings Mountain, North Carolina, supplying three major product
lines: cab frames and assemblies, sleeper boxes and other
structural components. Through the Mayflower acquisition we
believe we are the only supplier worldwide to offer complete cab
systems in sequence, integrating interior trim and seats with
the cab structure. The acquisition gives us the leading position
in North American cab structures and the number two position in
complete cab assemblies, as well as full service cab and sleeper
engineering and development capabilities with a technical
facility located near Detroit, Michigan. Moreover, the Mayflower
acquisition broadens our revenue base at International, Volvo/
Mack, Freightliner, PACCAR and Caterpillar and enhances our
cross-selling opportunities. We anticipate that in addition to
new opportunities, the Mayflower acquisition will provide
significant cost saving opportunities. As we have complementary
customers with Mayflower, this will also balance revenue
distribution and strengthen customer relationships. For the year
ended December 31, 2004, Mayflower recorded revenues of
$206.5 million and operating income of $21.6 million.
We estimate that the future tax benefits related to the
deductibility of goodwill and intangible asset amortization to
have an estimated present value of $12 million.
On June 3, 2005, we acquired all of the stock of Monona
Corporation, the parent of MWC, for $55.0 million, and MWC
became a wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group.
The MWC acquisition was funded through an increase and amendment
to our senior credit facility. MWC is a leading manufacturer of
complex, electronic wire harnesses and related assemblies used
in the global heavy equipment, commercial vehicle, heavy-truck
and specialty and military vehicle markets. It also produces
panel assemblies for commercial equipment markets and cab frame
assemblies for Caterpillar. MWCs wire harness assemblies
are critical, complex products that are the primary electrical
current carrying devices within vehicle systems. MWC offers
approximately 4,500 different wire harness assemblies for
its customers, which include leading OEMs such as Caterpillar,
Deere & Co. and Oshkosh Truck. MWC operates from
primary manufacturing operations in the U.S. and Mexico and we
believe it is cost competitive on a global basis. The
MWC acquisition will enhance our ability to offer
comprehensive cab systems to our customers, expands our
electronic assembly capabilities, adds Mexico manufacturing
capabilities and offers significant cross-selling opportunities
over a more diversified base of customers. For the fiscal year
ended January 31, 2005, MWC recorded revenues of
$85.5 million and operating income of $9.6 million.
On August 8, 2005, we acquired all of the stock of Cabarrus
Plastics, Inc. for $12.1 million, and CPI became an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group.
CPI is a manufacturer of custom injection molded products
primarily for the recreational vehicle market. The CPI
acquisition was financed with cash on hand.
Basis of Presentation
Onex, Hidden Creek and certain other investors acquired Trim
Systems in 1997 and each of Commercial Vehicle Systems, or CVS,
and National/ KAB Seating in 2000. Each of these companies was
initially owned through separate holding companies. The
operations of CVS and National/ KAB Seating
47
were formally combined under a single holding company, now known
as Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., on March 28, 2003. In
connection with our initial public offering, Trim Systems became
a wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group on
August 2, 2004. Because these businesses were under common
control since their respective dates of acquisition, their
respective historical results of operations have been combined
for the periods in which they were under common control based on
their respective historical basis of accounting. Our results of
operations include the results of Mayflower and MWC since the
date of their respective acquisitions.
Results of Operations
The table below sets forth certain operating data expressed as a
percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
|
|
Ended | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Revenues
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales
|
|
|
83.4 |
|
|
|
82.7 |
|
|
|
81.4 |
|
|
|
81.9 |
|
|
|
82.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
16.6 |
|
|
|
17.3 |
|
|
|
18.6 |
|
|
|
18.1 |
|
|
|
17.8 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
Noncash option charge
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
|
8.8 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
12.1 |
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
Interest expense
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in
accounting
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
|
|
|
17.3 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(15.2 |
)% |
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 Compared to Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2004
Revenues. Revenues increased $275.2 million, or
98.6%, to $554.4 million in the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 from $279.2 million in the
nine months ended September 30, 2004. This increase
resulted primarily from the Mayflower, MWC and CPI acquisitions
which equated to approximately $218.5 million of increased
revenue. In addition, a 36.0% increase in North American heavy
truck production and organic growth equated to approximately
$47.1 million of increased revenues while higher OEM sales
in the European and Asian seating markets increased revenues
approximately $8.5 million. Favorable foreign exchange
fluctuations also added approximately $1.1 million of
revenues over the prior year period.
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $48.3 million,
or 95.5%, to $98.9 million in the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 from $50.6 million in the
nine months ended September 30, 2004. As a percentage
of revenues, gross profit decreased to 17.8% in the
nine months ended September 30, 2005 as compared to
18.1% in the nine months ended September 30, 2004.
This decrease resulted primarily from
48
the reduced gross profit margins of the Mayflower, MWC and CPI
acquisitions as well as continuing pressures on raw material
commodities such as steel and petroleum-based products and
services versus the prior year period.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased $10.3 million
to $31.6 million in the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 from $21.3 million in the
nine months ended September 30, 2004. This increase
resulted principally from the Mayflower, MWC and CPI
acquisitions as well as additional costs related to the overall
growth and costs related to being a public company versus the
prior year period.
Amortization Expense. Amortization expense increased $132
thousand to $217 thousand in the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 from $85 thousand in the
nine months ended September 30, 2004.
Other (Income) Expense. We use forward exchange contracts
to hedge foreign currency transaction exposures related
primarily to our United Kingdom operations. We estimate our
projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies
or locations and will hedge a portion of the anticipated long or
short position. We have not designated any of our forward
exchange contracts as cash flow hedges, electing instead to
mark-to-market the contracts and record the fair value of the
contracts in our balance sheets, with the offsetting noncash
gain or loss recorded in our consolidated statements of
operations. The $3.6 million gain in the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 and the $2.5 million gain in the
nine months ended September 30, 2004 primarily
represent the noncash change in value of the forward exchange
contracts in existence at the end of each respective period.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased
$3.5 million to $9.5 million in the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 from $5.9 million in the
nine months ended September 30, 2004. This increase
reflects an increase in total debt during the respective periods
with the addition of debt related to the Mayflower and MWC
acquisitions.
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt. As a part of the
combination of CVG and Trim Systems, we wrote-off capitalized
debt financing costs as well as certain costs incurred in
connection with our credit agreement amendment. Total
capitalized costs written-off and amendment costs expensed
during the nine months ended September 30, 2004
approximated $1.6 million. In connection with the receipt
of proceeds from the $150.0 million senior notes
transaction and the stock offering during the nine months
ended September 30, 2005, we reduced our existing credit
facility and wrote-off a portion of our capitalized debt
financing costs of approximately $1.5 million.
Provision for Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was
38.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and
18.1% for the same period in 2004. We have an income tax
provision of $22.7 million in the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 and a provision for income tax of
$2.6 million in the nine months ended September 30,
2004. The increase in effective rate quarter over quarter can be
primarily attributed to our tax position in certain geographical
regions and changes in federal and state rates from the prior
year period in addition to the utilization of net operating loss
carry-forwards during the nine months ended September 30,
2004.
Net Income. Net income increased $25.5 million to
$37.0 million in the nine months ended
September 30, 2005, compared to $11.5 million in the
nine months ended September 30, 2004, primarily as a
result of the factors discussed above.
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2003
Revenues. Revenues increased $92.9 million, or
32.3%, to $380.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004 from $287.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 2003. We believe this increase resulted
primarily from:
|
|
|
|
|
an increase in North American heavy-duty truck production as
well as an increase in production levels for other North
American end markets, which resulted in approximately
$67 million of increased revenues; |
49
|
|
|
|
|
new business awards related to seats, mirrors and interior trim,
which resulted in approximately $13 million of increased
revenues; and |
|
|
|
favorable foreign exchange fluctuations of approximately
$11 million. |
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $21.1 million,
or 42.4%, to $70.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004 from $49.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2003. As a percentage of revenues, gross
profit increased to 18.6% for the year ended December 31,
2004 from 17.3% for the year ended December 31, 2003. We
believe this increase resulted primarily from the revenue
increases discussed above and our ability to convert on the
revenue increases at an overall incremental margin of 25%
without having to incur additional fixed costs to support the
increased revenues. In addition, we continued to seek material
cost reductions, reductions in packaging costs and labor
efficiencies to generate additional profits during the year
ended December 31, 2004.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased $4.7 million,
or 19.4%, to $29.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004 from $24.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2003. We believe this increase resulted
principally from increases in wages and the cost of additional
resources to accommodate product innovation and growth in the
commercial vehicle sector as well as cost associated with being
a public company.
Noncash Option Charge. To reward our senior management
team for its success in reducing operating costs, integrating
businesses and improving processes through cyclical periods, we
granted options to purchase an aggregate of 910,869 shares
of our common stock to 16 members of our management team in May
2004. The exercise price for such options is $5.54 per
share. As modified, such options have a ten-year term with 100%
of such options being currently exercisable. We incurred a
noncash compensation charge of $10.1 million in the second
quarter of 2004 as a result of the grant of these options. This
noncash compensation charge equals the difference between $5.54
and the fair market value of our common stock as of the grant
date of these options.
Amortization Expense. Amortization expense decreased
42.2%, to $107,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004
from $185,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. This
reduction was primarily the result of the decrease in deferred
financing costs from the prior year period.
Other (Income) Expense. We use forward exchange contracts
to hedge foreign currency transaction exposures of our United
Kingdom operations. We estimate our projected revenues and
purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations and will
hedge a portion of the anticipated long or short position. We
have not designated any of our forward exchange contracts as
cash flow hedges, electing instead to mark-to-market the
contracts and record the fair value of the contracts on our
balance sheet, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss recorded
in our statement of operations. The $1.2 million gain for
the year ended December 31, 2004 and the $3.2 million
loss for the year ended December 31, 2003 represent the
noncash change in value of the forward exchange contracts in
existence at the end of each period.
Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased
$2.6 million, or 26.1%, to $7.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2004 from $9.8 million for the year
ended December 31, 2003. This decrease reflects a reduction
in total debt of $73.5 million.
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt. As part of our
August 2004 initial public offering, we wrote off capitalized
debt financing costs which approximated $1.6 million. As
part of the combination of CVS and National/ KAB Seating during
March 2003, we wrote-off capitalized debt financing costs as
well as certain costs incurred in connection with a credit
agreement amendment. Total capitalized costs written-off and
amendment costs expensed during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2003 approximated $3.0 million.
Provision for Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate during
the year ended December 31, 2004 was 27.1% compared to
57.1% for 2003. Provision for income taxes increased
$1.2 million to $6.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, compared to an income tax provision of
$5.3 million for the year
50
ended December 31, 2003. The decrease in effective rate is
due to the reversal of the existing valuation allowance after
consideration of our future prospects.
Net Income. Net income increased $13.5 million to
$17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004,
compared to $4.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003, primarily as a result of the factors
discussed above.
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2002
Revenues. Revenues decreased $11.1 million, or 3.7%,
to $287.6 million in 2003 from $298.7 million in 2002.
Factors impacting the decline in revenues in 2003 included a
decrease in North America heavy duty truck, bus and other
customized transportation markets production volumes, which
resulted in $17.5 million of decreased revenues and a
$9.5 million decrease in certain trim-related products.
These factors were partially offset by strong OEM sales in the
Asian construction seating market of approximately
$9.0 million as a result of rising demand for construction
equipment in Asia to accommodate economic growth in that region
and favorable foreign exchange fluctuations of $7.1 million.
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $0.2 million,
or 0.4%, to $49.7 million in 2003 from $49.5 million
in 2002. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased to
17.3% in 2003 from 16.6% in 2002. We believe the
$0.2 million increase in gross profit resulted primarily
from the continued implementation of our Lean Manufacturing and
TQPS initiatives and the corresponding reduction in scrap and
overtime expenses at our Vonore, TN facility, as offset by the
reduction in revenues described above.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased $0.4 million,
or 1.4%, to $24.3 million in 2003 from $23.9 million
in 2002. This increase resulted from $0.3 million of cost
efficiency improvements, offset by approximately
$0.7 million of unfavorable foreign exchange fluctuations.
Amortization Expense. Amortization expense increased
51.6%, to $185,000 in 2003 from $122,000 in 2002.
Other (Income) Expense. The $3.2 million loss in
2003 and the $1.1 million loss in 2002 represent the
noncash change in value of the forward exchange contracts in
existence at the end of each year.
Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased
$3.1 million, or 24.3%, to $9.8 million in 2003 from
$12.9 million in 2002. This decrease reflects a reduction
in average total debt of $6.4 million and a decrease in
interest rates.
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt. As part of the
combination of CVS and National/KAB Seating during March 2003,
we wrote-off capitalized debt financing costs as well as certain
costs incurred in connection with a credit agreement amendment.
Total capitalized costs written-off and amendment costs expensed
approximated $3.0 million.
Provision for Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was
57.1% in 2003 and 46.0% before the cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principle in 2002. Provision for income taxes
increased $0.1 million, or 0.6%, to $5.3 million in
2003 from $5.2 million in 2002. The increase in the
effective tax rate relates to the mix of income and loss among
our North American and European tax jurisdictions and among our
subsidiaries and their individual tax jurisdictions.
Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting. The cumulative
effect of change in accounting for 2002 represented the
write-off of goodwill as a result of our adoption of the
provisions of SFAS No. 142, effective January 1,
2002 (see Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
below).
Net Income. Net income for 2003 increased by
$49.4 million to $4.0 million, from
($45.4) million in 2002, primarily as a result of the
factors discussed above.
51
|
|
|
Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges |
In 2000, we recorded a $5.6 million restructuring charge as
part of our cost and efficiency initiatives, closing two
manufacturing facilities, two administrative centers, and
reorganizing our manufacturing and administrative functions.
Approximately $1.7 million of the charge was related to
employee severance and associated benefits for the 225
terminated employees, approximately $2.6 million related to
lease and other contractual commitments associated with the
facilities and approximately $1.3 million of asset
impairments related to the write-down of assets. All employees
were terminated by the end of 2001. Our contractual commitments
continue through 2005.
In 2001, we continued our cost and efficiency initiatives and
closed a third manufacturing facility. Of the total
$0.4 million restructuring charge, approximately
$0.1 million related to employee severance and associated
benefits for 77 employees and approximately $0.3 million
related to lease and other contractual commitments associated
with the facility. All employees were terminated by the end of
2002. The contractual commitments continue through 2009.
A summary of restructuring activities is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
Payments/ | |
|
December 31, | |
|
Payments/ | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
Utilization | |
|
2003 | |
|
Utilization | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Facility exit and other contractual costs
|
|
$ |
1,177 |
|
|
$ |
(390 |
) |
|
$ |
787 |
|
|
$ |
(509 |
) |
|
$ |
278 |
|
Employee costs
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
1,275 |
|
|
$ |
(488 |
) |
|
$ |
787 |
|
|
$ |
(509 |
) |
|
$ |
278 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources
For the nine months ended September 30, 2005, we generated
cash from operations of $26.8 million compared to
$21.5 million from the prior year period, primarily as a
result of the increase in operating earnings and the Mayflower,
MWC and CPI acquisitions. Cash from operations during 2004 was
$34.2 million, compared to $10.4 million in 2003 and
$18.2 million in 2002.
Net cash used in investing activities was $184.9 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and
$3.9 million for the comparable period in 2004. The amounts
used in 2005 reflect both capital expenditure purchases and the
Mayflower, MWC and CPI acquisitions. Net cash used in investing
activities during 2004 was $8.9 million, compared to
$6.0 million in 2003 and $4.9 million in 2002. All net
cash used in investing activities was for capital expenditures,
primarily for equipment and tooling purchases related to new or
replacement programs and current equipment upgrades. We continue
to focus on cash management and expect future annual capital
expenditures to be below the level of our annual depreciation
expense.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled
$183.7 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2005, compared to net cash used of $2.7 million in the same
period of 2004. The net cash from financing activities in 2005
was principally related to additional borrowings related to the
acquisitions of Mayflower and MWC, the use of cash on hand for
the acquisition of CPI and the amendments to our senior credit
facility. Net cash used in financing activities for 2004 totaled
$28.4 million, compared to $2.8 million in 2003 and
$14.8 million during 2002. The net cash used during 2004
and 2003 was principally related to repayments of outstanding
borrowings under our senior credit facilities. The net cash used
in 2002 was the result of $17.3 million of repayments under
our senior credit facilities, offset by the issuance of
$2.5 million of subordinated debt to certain of our
principal stockholders.
52
|
|
|
Debt and Credit Facilities |
As of September 30, 2005, we had an aggregate of
$191.6 million of outstanding indebtedness excluding
$2.1 million of outstanding letters of credit under various
financing arrangements. We were in compliance with all of our
respective financial covenants under our debt and credit
facilities as of September 30, 2005.
In August 2004, in connection with our initial public offering,
we entered into a $105.0 million senior credit facility,
consisting of a $65.0 million term loan and a
$40.0 million revolving line of credit. We used borrowings
under the term loan, together with proceeds of the offering to
repay all of our existing borrowings under our then existing
senior credit facilities and to repay all of our then existing
subordinated indebtedness. In connection with this senior credit
facility, we recorded a loss in the third quarter of 2004 on the
early extinguishment of debt of approximately $1.6 million
related to unamortized deferred financings fees.
In February 2005, in connection with the Mayflower acquisition,
we amended our senior credit facility to increase the revolving
credit facility from $40.0 million to $75.0 million
and the term loans from $65.0 million to
$145.0 million. We used borrowings of approximately
$106.4 million under our amended senior credit facility to
fund substantially all of the purchase price for the Mayflower
acquisition.
On June 3, 2005, in connection with the MWC acquisition, we
amended our senior credit facility to increase the revolving
credit facility from $75.0 million to $100.0 million.
In addition, the amendment increased certain baskets in the
lien, investments and asset disposition covenants to reflect the
Companys increased size as a result of the Mayflower and
MWC acquisitions. We used revolving credit borrowings of
approximately $58.0 million under our amended senior credit
facility to fund substantially all of the purchase price for the
MWC acquisition.
On July 6, 2005, we completed the equity offering and the
offering of the outstanding notes. We used the net proceeds of
these offerings of approximately $190.8 million to repay a
portion of the borrowings under our senior credit facility. In
connection with the offering of the outstanding notes, we
entered into an additional amendment to our senior credit
facility which provides for, among other things, the incurrence
of debt in connection with the offering of the outstanding notes
and the application of the net proceeds therefrom.
As of September 30, 2005, we had outstanding indebtedness
of $2.6 million under our revolving credit facility and
$39.0 million under our term loan facility. The weighted
average rate on these borrowings, for the quarter ended
September 30, 2005, ranged from 6.8% with respect to the
revolving borrowings to 6.0% for the term loan borrowings.
The revolving credit facility is available until
January 31, 2010 and the term loans are due and payable on
December 31, 2010. Based on the provisions of
EITF 96-19, Debtors Accounting for a Modification
or Exchange of Debt Instruments, approximately
$2.0 million third party fees relating to the credit
agreement were capitalized at September 30, 2005 and are
being amortized over the life of the credit agreement.
Under the terms of our senior credit facility, availability
under the revolving credit facility is subject to the lesser of
(i) a borrowing base that is equal to the sum of
(a) 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus (b) 50%
of eligible inventory; or (ii) $100.0 million.
Borrowings under the senior credit facility bear interest at a
floating rate which can be either the prime rate or LIBOR plus
the applicable margin to the prime rate and LIBOR borrowings
based on our leverage ratio. The senior credit facility contains
various financial covenants, including a minimum fixed charge
coverage ratio of not less than 1.30, and a minimum ratio of
EBITDA to cash interest expense of not less than 2.50, in each
case for the twelve month period ending on December 31 of
each year, a limitation on the amount of capital expenditures of
53
not more than $25.0 million in any fiscal year and a
maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA as of the last day
of each fiscal quarter as set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum | |
|
|
Total Leverage | |
Quarter(s) Ending |
|
Ratio | |
|
|
| |
3/31/05 through 9/30/05
|
|
|
3.00 to 1.00 |
|
12/31/05 through 9/30/06
|
|
|
2.75 to 1.00 |
|
12/31/06 and each fiscal quarter thereafter
|
|
|
2.50 to 1.00 |
|
The senior credit facility also contains covenants restricting
certain corporate actions, including asset dispositions,
acquisitions, dividends, changes of control, incurring
indebtedness, making loans and investments and transactions with
affiliates. If we do not comply with such covenants or satisfy
such ratios, our lenders could declare a default under the
senior credit facility, and our indebtedness thereunder could be
declared immediately due and payable. The senior credit facility
is collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The senior
credit facility also contains customary events of default.
In addition, prior to May 2, 2005, we also had
$6.5 million of indebtedness from borrowings financed
through the issuance of industrial development bonds relating to
our Vonore, Tennessee facility. These borrowings had a final
maturity of August 1, 2006 and bore interest at a variable
rate which was adjusted on a weekly basis by the placement agent
such that the interest rate on the bonds was sufficient to cause
the market value of the bonds to be equal to, as nearly as
practicable, 100% of their principal amount. On May 2, 2005
we redeemed these bonds for approximately $6.5 million.
We believe that cash flow from operating activities together
with available borrowings under our senior credit facility will
be sufficient to fund currently anticipated working capital,
planned capital spending and debt service requirements for at
least the next twelve months. Capital expenditures for fiscal
2005 are anticipated to be approximately $21 million. We
regularly review acquisition and additional opportunities, which
may require additional debt or equity financing.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following tables reflect our contractual obligations as of
December 31, 2004 on an actual and pro forma basis giving
effect to the Mayflower acquisition, the MWC acquisition, the
offering of the outstanding notes and the equity offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
|
|
More than | |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
1-3 Years | |
|
3-5 Years | |
|
5 Years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
$ |
53,925 |
|
|
$ |
4,884 |
|
|
$ |
19,320 |
|
|
$ |
22,585 |
|
|
$ |
7,136 |
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
17,480 |
|
|
|
5,082 |
|
|
|
7,141 |
|
|
|
4,724 |
|
|
|
533 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
71,405 |
|
|
$ |
9,966 |
|
|
$ |
26,461 |
|
|
$ |
27,309 |
|
|
$ |
7,669 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma for the Offering of the Outstanding Notes and
the Equity Offering |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
|
|
More than | |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
1-3 Years | |
|
3-5 Years | |
|
5 Years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
$ |
190,988 |
|
|
$ |
11,190 |
|
|
$ |
10,213 |
|
|
$ |
14,122 |
|
|
$ |
155,463 |
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
21,651 |
|
|
|
6,703 |
|
|
|
9,006 |
|
|
|
5,409 |
|
|
|
533 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
212,639 |
|
|
$ |
17,893 |
|
|
$ |
19,219 |
|
|
$ |
19,531 |
|
|
$ |
155,996 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
In addition to the obligations noted above, we have obligations
reported as other long-term liabilities that consist principally
of pension and postretirement benefits, facility closure and
consolidation costs, forward contracts, loss contracts and other
items. We also enter into agreements with our customers at the
beginning of a given platforms life to supply products for
the entire life of that vehicle platform, which is typically
five to seven years. These agreements generally provide for the
supply of a customers production requirements for a
particular platform, rather than for the purchase of a specific
quantity of products. Accordingly, our obligations under these
agreements are not reflected in the contractual obligations
table above.
As of December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2005, we
were not party to significant purchase obligations for goods or
services.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We use standby letters of credit to guarantee our performance
under various contracts and arrangements, principally in
connection with our workers compensation liabilities and for
leases on equipment and facilities. These letter of credit
contracts are usually extended on a year-to-year basis. As of
December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2005, we had
outstanding letters of credit of $2.8 million and
$2.1 million respectively. We do not believe that these
letters of credit will be required to be drawn.
We currently have no non-consolidated special purpose entity
arrangements.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in
Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements. Certain of
our accounting policies require the application of significant
judgment by us in selecting appropriate assumptions for
calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these
judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. On
an ongoing basis, we evaluate estimates, including those related
to revenue recognition and sales commitments, valuation of
goodwill, accounting for income taxes and defined benefit
pension plan assumptions. We base our estimates on historical
experience and assumptions believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances. Those estimates form the basis for our judgments
that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements.
Ultimate results could differ from our estimates under different
assumptions or conditions.
Revenue Recognition and Sales Commitments. We recognize
revenue as our products are shipped from our facilities to our
customers, which is when title passes to the customer for
substantially all of our sales. We enter into agreements with
our customers at the beginning of a given platforms life
to supply products for that platform. Once we enter into such
agreements, fulfillment of our purchasing requirements is our
obligation for the entire production life of the platform, with
terms generally ranging from five to seven years, and we have no
provisions to terminate such contracts. In certain instances, we
may be committed under existing agreements to supply product to
our customers at selling prices that are not sufficient to cover
the direct cost to produce such product. In such situations, we
record a liability for the estimated future amount of such
losses. Such losses are recognized at the time that the loss is
probable and reasonably estimable and are recorded at the
minimum amount necessary to fulfill our obligations to our
customers. The estimated amount of such losses was approximately
$0.6 million at December 31, 2004 and
$0.2 million as of September 30, 2005. We believe such
estimate is reasonable and we do not anticipate additional
losses; however, any change in the estimate will result in a
change in period income (loss). We are subjected to warranty
claims for products that fail to perform as expected due to
design or manufacturing deficiencies. Customers continue to
require their outside suppliers to guarantee or warrant their
products and bear the cost of repair or replacement of such
products. Depending on the terms under which we supplied
products to our customers, a customer may hold us responsible
for some or all of the repair or replacement costs of defective
products, when the product supplied did not perform as
represented. Our policy is to reserve for estimated future
customer warranty costs based on historical trends and current
economic factors.
55
Valuation of Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of
the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired.
Under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives
are no longer amortized, but reviewed for impairment annually or
more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable
intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives
will continue to be amortized over their useful lives. The
amortization provisions of SFAS No. 142 apply to
goodwill and intangible assets acquired after June 30,
2001. We adopted SFAS No. 142 effective
January 1, 2002.
Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, we completed step one
of the transitional goodwill impairment test, using a
combination of valuation techniques, including the discounted
cash flow approach and the market multiple approach, for each of
our three reporting units. Upon completion of the required
assessments under SFAS No. 142, we determined that the
fair market value of the goodwill assigned to two of our
reporting units was lower than its book value, resulting in an
after-tax transitional impairment charge of approximately
$51.6 million. The write-off was recorded as a cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated
statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31,
2002. Under the valuation techniques and approach applied by us
in our SFAS No. 142 analysis, a change in certain key
assumptions applied, such as the discount rate, projected future
cash flows and mix of cash flows by geographic region could
significantly impact the results of our assessment. The
estimates we used are based upon reasonable and supportable
assumptions and consider all available evidence. However, there
is inherent uncertainty in estimating future cash flows and
termination values.
We perform impairment tests annually, during the second quarter,
and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that
goodwill or other intangible assets might be impaired. Based
upon our 2005 annual assessment, no impairment of goodwill was
deemed to have occurred.
Accounting for Income Taxes. As part of the process of
preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required
to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in
which we operate. In addition, tax expense includes the impact
of differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes
which result in deferred tax assets and liabilities which are
included in our consolidated balance sheet. To the extent that
recovery of deferred tax assets is not likely, we must establish
a valuation allowance. Significant judgment is required in
determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets
and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our
net deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2003, we had
recorded a valuation allowance of $3.8 million. As of
December 31, 2004, we determined that we no longer require
a valuation allowance due to the likelihood of recovery in
future periods. In the event that our actual results differ from
our estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods,
the effects of these adjustments could materially impact our
financial position and results of operations. The net deferred
tax asset was $14.1 million and $19.8 million as of
December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2005, respectively.
Commercial Vehicle Group Defined Benefit Pension Plan. We
sponsor a defined benefit pension plan that covers certain of
our hourly and salaried employees at our United Kingdom
operations. Our policy is to make annual contributions to this
plan to fund the normal cost as required by local regulations.
In calculating obligation and expense, we are required to make
certain actuarial assumptions. These assumptions include
discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
and rates of increase in compensation. Our assumptions are
determined based on current market conditions, historical
information and consultation with and input from our actuaries.
We have historically used December 31 as our annual
measurement date. For 2004, we assumed a discount rate of 5.50%
to determine our benefit obligations. Holding other variables
constant (such as expected return on plan assets and rate of
compensation increase), a one percentage point decrease in the
discount rate would have increased our expense by
$0.2 million and our benefit obligation by
$8.1 million.
We employ a building block approach in determining the expected
long-term rate of return for plan assets, based on historical
markets, long-term historical relationships between equities and
fixed income investments and considering current market factors
such as inflation and interest rates. Holding other variables
constant (such as discount rate and rate of compensation
increase), a one percentage point
56
decrease in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
would have increased our expense by $0.3 million. We expect
to contribute approximately $1.2 million to our pension
plans in 2005.
We employ a total return investment approach in managing pension
plan assets whereby a mix of equities and fixed income
investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan
assets for a prudent level of risk. At December 31, 2004,
our pension assets were comprised of 52% equity securities, 25%
debt securities and 23% other investments.
Mayflower Defined Benefit Pension Plan and Postretirement
Benefits. As part of the Mayflower acquisition, we also
sponsor three defined benefit plans and two postretirement
benefit plans that cover certain hourly and salaried Mayflower
employees. Our policy is to make annual contributions to the
defined benefit plans to fund the normal cost as required by
federal regulations. In calculating the obligations and expenses
for the plans, we are required to make certain actuarial
assumptions. These assumptions include discount rate, expected
long-term rate of return on plan assets, rates of increase in
compensation, and rate of increase in the per capita cost of
covered health care benefits. Our assumptions are determined
based on current market conditions, historical information and
consultation with and input from our actuaries. Mayflower has
historically used December 31 as the annual measurement
date. For 2004, Mayflower assumed a discount rate of 6.00% for
the defined benefit pension plans and 5.7% for the
postretirement benefit plans to determine the benefit
obligations. Holding other variables constant for our defined
benefit pension plans (such as expected return on plan assets
and rate of compensation increase), a one percentage point
decrease in the discount rate would have increased our expense
by $0.5 million and our benefit obligation by
$4.4 million.
We employ a building block approach in determining the expected
long-term rate of return for plan assets, based on historical
markets, long-term historical relationships between equities and
fixed income investments and considering current market factors
such as inflation and interest rates. Holding other variables
constant for the Mayflower defined benefit pension plans (such
as discount rate and rate of compensation increase), a one
percentage point decrease in the expected rate of return on plan
assets would have increased our expense by $0.2 million. We
expect to contribute approximately $1.0 million to the
Mayflower pension plans in 2005.
We employ a total return investment approach in managing the
Mayflower pension plan assets whereby a mix of equities and
fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term
return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. At
December 31, 2004, the Mayflower pension assets were
comprised of 40% fixed income securities and 60% equity
securities.
While any negative impact of these Critical Accounting Policies
and Estimates would generally result in noncash charges to
earnings, the severity of any charge and its impact on
stockholders investment could adversely affect our
borrowing agreements, cost of capital and ability to raise
external capital. Our senior management has reviewed these
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates with the audit
committee of our board of directors, and the audit committee has
reviewed its disclosure in this management discussion and
analysis.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132R, a
revision to SFAS No. 132, Employers
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement
Benefits. SFAS No. 132R does not change the
measurement or recognition related to pension and other
postretirement plans required by SFAS No. 87,
Employers Accounting for Pensions,
SFAS No. 88, Employers Accounting for
Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans
and for Termination Benefits, and SFAS No. 106,
Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other
Than Pensions, and retains the disclosure requirements
contained in SFAS No. 132. SFAS No. 132R
requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations,
cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit
pension plans and other defined benefit postretirement plans.
SFAS No. 132R is effective for financial statements
with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003, with the
exception of disclosure requirements related to foreign plans and
57
estimated future benefit payments which are effective for fiscal
years ending after June 15, 2004. We have adopted the new
disclosure requirements as effective in 2004.
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs. SFAS No. 151 requires that
abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling
costs, and spoilage be recognized as current-period charges. The
Statement also requires that fixed production overhead be
allocated to conversion costs based on the normal capacity of
the production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective
for inventory costs incurred by the Company beginning in fiscal
year 2006. We are in the process of determining the impact
adoption of SFAS No. 151 will have on our results of
operations.
In December 2004, the FASB revised SFAS No. 123,
Share Based Payment (SFAS No. 123R).
SFAS No. 123R supersedes Accounting Principles Board
(APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued
to Employees, which resulted in no stock-based employee
compensation cost related to stock options if the options
granted had an exercise price equal to the market value of the
underlying common stock on the date of grant.
SFAS No. 123R requires recognition of employee
services provided in exchange for a share-based payment based on
the grant date fair market value. We are required to adopt
SFAS No. 123R as of January 1, 2006. As of the
effective date, SFAS No. 123R applies to all new
awards issued as well as awards modified, repurchased, or
cancelled. Additionally, for stock-based awards issued prior to
the effective date, compensation cost attributable to future
services will be recognized as the remaining service is
rendered. We may also elect to restate prior periods by applying
a modified retrospective method to periods prior to the
effective date. We are in the process of determining which
method of adoption we will elect as well as the potential impact
on our consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in
foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk
is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market
rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange and interest
rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial
instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We do enter
into financial instruments, from time to time, to manage and
reduce the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates
and interest rates and to hedge a portion of future anticipated
currency transactions of our United Kingdom operations. The
counterparties are major financial institutions.
We manage our interest rate risk by balancing the amount of our
fixed rate and variable rate debt and through the use of
interest rate protection agreements. The objective of the
interest rate protection agreements is to more effectively
balance our borrowing costs and interest rate risk and reduce
financing costs. For fixed rate debt, interest rate changes
affect the fair market value of such debt but do not impact
earnings or cash flows. Conversely for variable rate debt,
interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair market
value of such debt, but do impact future earnings and cash
flows, assuming other factors are held constant. At
September 30, 2005, $41.6 million of our debt was
variable rate debt. Holding other variables constant (such as
foreign exchange rates and debt levels), a one percentage point
change in interest rates would be expected to have an impact on
pre-tax earnings and cash flows for the next year of
approximately $0.4 million. The impact on the fair market
value of our debt at September 30, 2005 would have been
insignificant.
At September 30, 2005, we had a rate cap agreement in place
that capped the interest rate at 6.0% on $30.0 million of
our variable rate indebtedness. Outstanding foreign currency
forward exchange contracts at September 30, 2005 are more
fully described in the notes to our financial statements
included elsewhere in this filing. The fair value of these
contracts at September 30, 2005 amounted to a net asset of
$4.0 million, which is reflected in other assets in our
condensed September 30, 2005 balance sheet. None of these
contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges; thus, the
change in fair value at each reporting date is reflected as a
noncash charge (income) in our statement of operations. We may
designate future forward exchange contracts as cash flow hedges.
58
Foreign currency risk is the risk that we will incur economic
losses due to adverse changes in foreign currency exchange
rates. We use forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign
currency translation exposures of our United Kingdom operations.
We estimate our projected revenues and purchases in certain
foreign currencies or locations, and will hedge a portion or all
of the anticipated long or short position. The contracts
typically run from three months up to three years. These
contracts are marked-to-market and the fair value is included in
assets (liabilities) in our balance sheets, with the
offsetting noncash gain or loss included in our statements of
operations. We do not hold or issue foreign exchange options or
forward contracts for trading purposes.
Our primary exposures to foreign currency exchange fluctuations
are pound sterling/ Eurodollar and pound sterling/ Japanese yen.
At September 30, 2005, the potential reduction in earnings
from a hypothetical instantaneous 10% adverse change in quoted
foreign currency spot rates applied to foreign currency
sensitive instruments would not have been significant. The
foreign currency sensitivity model is limited by the assumption
that all of the foreign currencies to which we are exposed would
simultaneously decrease by 10% because such synchronized changes
are unlikely to occur. The effects of the forward exchange
contracts have been included in the above analysis; however, the
sensitivity model does not include the inherent risks associated
with the anticipated future transactions denominated in foreign
currency.
|
|
|
Foreign Currency Transactions |
A significant portion of our revenues during the nine months
ended September 30, 2005 and the year ended
December 31, 2004 were derived from manufacturing
operations outside of the United States. The results of
operations and the financial position of our operations in these
other countries are principally measured in their respective
currency and translated into U.S. dollars. A significant
portion of the expenses generated in these countries is in
currencies different from which revenue is generated. As
discussed above, from time to time, we enter into forward
exchange contracts to mitigate a portion of this currency risk.
The reported income of these operations will be higher or lower
depending on a weakening or strengthening of the
U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currency.
A significant portion of our assets at September 30, 2005
are based in our foreign operations and are translated into
U.S. dollars at foreign currency exchange rates in effect
as of the end of each period, with the effect of such
translation reflected as a separate component of
stockholders investment. Accordingly, our
stockholders investment will fluctuate depending upon the
weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the
respective foreign currency.
Effects of Inflation
Inflation potentially affects us in two principal ways. First, a
significant portion of our debt is tied to prevailing short-term
interest rates that may change as a result of inflation rates,
translating into changes in interest expense. Second, general
inflation can impact material purchases, labor and other costs.
In many cases, we have limited ability to pass through
inflation-related cost increases due to the competitive nature
of the markets that we serve. In the past few years, however,
inflation has not been a significant factor.
59
INDUSTRY
Within the commercial vehicle industry, we sell our products
primarily to the heavy truck segment of the North American OEM
market (54% of our 2004 sales), the North American aftermarket
and OEM service organizations for use in heavy trucks (11% of
our 2004 sales) and the construction segments of the global OEM
market (18% of our 2004 sales). The majority of our remaining
17% of 2004 sales were to other global commercial vehicle
markets.
Commercial Vehicle Supply Market Overview
Commercial vehicles are used in a wide variety of end markets,
including local and long-haul commercial trucking, bus,
construction, mining, general industrial, marine, municipal and
recreation. The commercial vehicle supply industry can generally
be separated into two categories: (1) sales to OEMs, in
which products are sold in relatively large quantities directly
for use by OEMs in new commercial vehicles; and
(2) aftermarket sales, in which products are
sold as replacements in varying quantities to a wide range of
OEM service organizations, wholesalers, retailers and
installers. In the OEM market, suppliers are generally divided
into tiers Tier 1 suppliers (like
our company), who provide their products directly to OEMs, and
Tier 2 or Tier 3 suppliers,
who sell their products principally to other suppliers for
integration into those suppliers own product offerings.
Our largest end-market segment, the commercial truck industry,
is supplied by heavy- and medium-duty commercial truck
suppliers. The commercial truck supplier industry is highly
fragmented and comprised of several large companies and many
smaller companies. In addition, the heavy-duty (Class 8)
truck supplier industry is characterized by relatively low
production volumes as well as considerable barriers to entry,
including the following: (1) significant capital investment
requirements, (2) stringent OEM technical and manufacturing
requirements, (3) high switching costs to shift production
to new suppliers, (4) just-in-time delivery requirements to
meet OEM needs and (5) strong brand name recognition.
Foreign competition is limited in the North American commercial
vehicle market due to many factors, including the need to be
responsive to order changes on short notice, high shipping
costs, customer concerns about quality given the safety aspect
of many of our products and service requirements.
Although OEM demand for our products is directly correlated with
new vehicle production, suppliers like us also can grow by
increasing their product content per vehicle through cross
selling and bundling of products, further penetrating business
with existing customers and gaining new customers and expanding
into new geographic markets. We believe that companies with a
global presence and advanced technology, engineering,
manufacturing and support capabilities, such as our company, are
well positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.
Commercial Truck Market
Purchasers of commercial trucks include fleet operators, owner
operators and other industrial end users. Commercial vehicles
used for local and long-haul commercial trucking are generally
classified by gross vehicle weight. Class 8 vehicles are
trucks with gross weight in excess of 33,000 lbs. and
Class 5 through 7 vehicles are trucks with gross weight
from 16,001 lbs. to 33,000 lbs. The following table shows
commercial vehicle production levels for 2000 through 2004 in
North America:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Thousands of units) | |
Class 8 heavy trucks
|
|
|
252 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
Class 5 7 light and medium-duty trucks
|
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
191 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
467 |
|
|
|
331 |
|
|
|
372 |
|
|
|
376 |
|
|
|
509 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source: ACT Research (February and May 2005).
60
The following describes the major segments of the commercial
vehicle market in which we compete:
The global Class 8 truck manufacturing market is
concentrated in three primary regions: North America,
Asia-Pacific and Europe. We believe that North America has the
largest truck market of these three regions. The global
Class 8 truck market is localized in nature due to the
following factors: (1) the prohibitive costs of shipping
components from one region to another, (2) the high degree
of customization of Class 8 trucks to meet the
region-specific demands of end users, and (3) the ability
to meet just-in-time delivery requirements. According to ACT,
four companies represented approximately 100% of North American
Class 8 truck production in 2004. The percentages of
Class 8 production represented by Freightliner, PACCAR,
International and Volvo/ Mack were 36%, 25%, 20% and 19%,
respectively. We supply products to all of these OEMs.
Production of commercial vehicles in North America peaked in
1999 and experienced a downturn from 2000 to 2003 that was due
to a weak economy, reduced sales following above-normal
purchases in advance of new EPA emissions standards, an
oversupply of new and used vehicle inventory and lower spending
on commercial vehicles and equipment. Following a substantial
decline from 1999 to 2001, truck unit production increased
modestly to 181,000 units in 2002 from 146,000 units
produced in 2001, due primarily to the purchasing of trucks that
occurred prior to the October 2002 mandate for more stringent
engine emissions requirements. Subsequent to the purchasing of
trucks, truck production continued to remain at historically low
levels due to the continuing economic recession and the
reluctance of many trucking companies to invest during this
period.
In mid-2003, evidence of renewed growth emerged and truck
tonmiles (number of miles driven multiplied by number of tons
transported) began to increase. Accompanying the increase in
truck tonmiles, new truck sales also began to increase. During
the second half of 2003, new truck dealer inventories declined
and, consequently, OEM truck order backlogs began to increase.
According to ACT, monthly truck order rates began increasing
significantly in December 2003. Class 8 new truck orders
for 2004 were approximately 262,000 units, up 43% from
approximately 184,000 units in 2003. Since 2003, all of the
major OEMs have increased their truck build rates to meet the
increased demand.
The following table illustrates North American Class 8
truck build for the years 1998 to 2009:
North American Class 8 Truck Build Rates
(In thousands)
E Estimated
Source: ACT Research (February and May 2005).
According to ACT, unit production for 2005 is estimated to
increase approximately 22% over 2004 levels to
327,000 units. According to the same source, truck unit
production is expected to continue increasing in 2006, with
projected unit production of 346,000 units. We believe that
this projected increase
61
is due to several factors, including (1) improvement in the
general economy in North America, which is expected to lead to
growth in the industrial sector, (2) corresponding growth
in the movement of goods, which is expected to lead to demand
for new trucks and increasing requirements of logistics
companies, (3) rising hauler profits, (4) the growing
acceptance of new engines and (5) under-investment during
the recent recession and the growing need to replace aging truck
fleets. ACT forecasts unit production to decline in 2007, due
primarily to an increase in purchasing of trucks forecasted to
occur in anticipation of the institution of more stringent EPA
emissions standards in 2007.
We believe the following factors are currently driving the North
American Class 8 truck market:
Economic Conditions. The North American truck industry is
directly influenced by overall economic growth and consumer
spending. Since truck OEMs supply the fleet lines of North
America, their production levels generally match the demand for
freight. The freight carried by these trucks includes consumer
goods, machinery, food and beverages, construction equipment and
supplies, electronic equipment and a wide variety of other
materials. Since most of these items are driven by macroeconomic
conditions, the truck industry tends to follow trends of gross
domestic product, or GDP. Generally, given the dependence of
North American shippers on trucking as a freight alternative,
general economic conditions have been a primary indicator of
future truck builds.
Truck Freight Growth. ACT projects that total domestic
truck freight will continue to increase over the next five
years, driven by growth in GDP. In addition, national suppliers
and distribution centers, burdened by the pricing pressure of
large manufacturing and retail customers, have continued to
reduce on-site inventory levels. This reduction requires freight
handlers to provide to-the-hour delivery options. As
a result, Class 8 heavy-duty trucks have replaced
manufacturing warehouses as the preferred temporary storage
facility for inventory. Since trucks are typically viewed as the
most reliable and flexible shipping alternative, truck tonmiles,
as well as truck platform improvements, should continue to
increase in order to meet the increasing need for flexibility
under the just-in-time system. ACT forecasts that total
heavy-duty truck tonmiles will increase from 2,619 billion
in 2004 to 2,999 billion in 2009, as summarized in the
following graph:
Total U.S. Tonmiles (Class 8)
(Number of tonmiles in billions)
E Estimated
Source: ACT Research (February and May 2005).
62
Truck Replacement Cycle and Fleet Aging. In 2002, the
average age of Class 8 trucks passed the ten-year average
of 5.5 years. In 2003, the average age increased further to
5.9 years. The average fleet age tends to run in cycles as
freight companies permit their truck fleets to age during
periods of lagging demand and then replenish those fleets during
periods of increasing demand. Additionally, as truck fleets age,
their maintenance costs increase. Freight companies must
therefore continually evaluate the economics between repair and
replacement. Other factors, such as inventory management and the
growth in less-than-truckload freight shipping, also tend to
increase fleet mileage and, as a result, the truck replacement
cycle. The chart below illustrates the average age of active
U.S. Class 8 trucks:
Average Age of Active U.S. Class 8 Trucks
(Number of years)
Source: ACT Research (October 2004).
Suppliers Relationships with OEMs. Supplier
relationships with OEMs are long-term, close and cooperative in
nature. OEMs must expend both time and resources to work with
suppliers to form an efficient and trusted operating
relationship. Following this investment, and in some cases, the
designation of a supplier as standard, OEMs are typically
hesitant to change suppliers given the potential for disruptions
in production.
|
|
|
Commercial Truck Aftermarket |
Demand for aftermarket products tends to be less cyclical than
OEM demand because vehicle owners are more likely to repair
vehicles than purchase new ones during recessionary periods, and
thus aftermarket demand generally is more stable during such
periods. Demand for aftermarket products is driven by the
quality of OEM parts, the number of vehicles in operation, the
average age of the vehicle fleet, vehicle usage, the average
useful life of vehicle parts and total tonmiles. The aftermarket
is a growing market, as the overall size of the North American
fleet of Class 8 trucks has continued to increase and is
attractive because of the recurring nature of the sales.
Additionally, aftermarket sales tend to be at a higher margin,
as truck component suppliers are able to leverage their already
established fixed cost base and exert moderate pricing power
with their replacement parts. The recurring nature of
aftermarket revenue provides some insulation to the overall
cyclical nature of the industry, as it tends to provide a more
stable stream of revenues.
|
|
|
Commercial Construction Vehicle Market |
Purchasers of heavy construction equipment (weighing over 12
metric tons) include construction companies, municipalities,
local governments, rental fleet owners, quarrying and mining
companies, waste management companies and forestry related
concerns. Purchasers of light construction equipment (weighing
under 12 metric tons) include contractors, rental fleet owners,
landscapers, logistics companies and farmers. Sales of heavy
construction equipment are particularly dependent on the level
of major infrastructure construction and repair projects such as
highways, dams and harbors, which is a function of government
spending and economic growth. The principal factor influencing
sales of light construction
63
equipment is the level of residential and commercial
construction, remodeling and renovation, which in turn is
influenced by interest rates.
|
|
|
Military Equipment Market |
We supply products for heavy- and medium-payload tactical trucks
that are used by the U.S. military and other foreign
militaries. Sales and production of these vehicles are
influenced by overall defense spending both by the
U.S. government and foreign governments and the presence of
military conflicts and potential military conflicts throughout
the world. Demand for these vehicles is expected to increase as
the result of the continuing conflict in the Middle East.
Additionally, demand has also increased for remanufacturing and
replacement of the large fleet of vehicles that have served in
the Middle East due to over-use and new armor and technology
requirements.
Commercial Vehicle Industry Trends
Our performance and growth are directly related to trends in the
commercial vehicle market that are focused on end-user
retention, comfort and safety. These commercial vehicle industry
trends include the following:
System Sourcing. Commercial vehicle OEMs are beginning to
seek suppliers capable of providing fully-engineered, complete
systems rather than suppliers who produce the separate parts
that comprise a system. By outsourcing complete systems, OEMs
are able to reduce the costs associated with the design and
integration of different components and improve quality by
requiring their suppliers to assemble and test major portions of
the vehicle prior to beginning production. In addition, OEMs are
able to develop more efficient assembly processes when complete
systems are delivered in sequence rather than as individual
parts or components.
Globalization of Suppliers. To serve multiple markets
more cost effectively, many commercial vehicle OEMs are
manufacturing global vehicle platforms that are designed in a
single location but are produced and sold in many different
geographic markets around the world. Having operations in the
geographic markets in which OEMs produce their global platforms
enables suppliers to meet OEMs needs more economically and
more efficiently.
Shift of Design and Engineering to Suppliers. OEMs are
focusing their efforts on brand development and overall vehicle
design, instead of the design of individual vehicle systems.
OEMs are increasingly looking to their suppliers to provide
suggestions for new products, designs, engineering developments
and manufacturing processes. As a result, Tier 1 suppliers
are gaining increased access to confidential planning
information regarding OEMs future vehicle designs and
manufacturing processes. Systems and modules increase the
importance of Tier 1 suppliers because they generally
increase the Tier 1 suppliers percentage of vehicle
content.
Broad Manufacturing Capabilities. With respect to
commercial vehicle interiors, OEMs are requiring their suppliers
to manufacture interior systems and products utilizing
alternative materials and processes in order to meet OEMs
demand for customized styling or cost requirements. In addition,
while OEMs seek to differentiate their vehicles through the
introduction of innovative interior features, suppliers are
proactively developing new interior products with enhanced
features.
Ongoing Supplier Consolidation. The worldwide commercial
vehicle supply industry is in the early stages of consolidating
as suppliers seek to achieve operating synergies through
business combinations, shift production to locations with more
flexible work rules and practices, acquire complementary
technologies, build stronger customer relationships and follow
their OEM customers as they expand globally. Suppliers need to
provide OEMs with single-point sourcing of integrated systems
and modules on a global basis, and this is expected to drive
further industry consolidation. Furthermore, the cost focus of
most major OEMs has forced suppliers to reduce costs and improve
productivity on an ongoing basis, including by achieving
economies of scale through consolidation.
64
BUSINESS
Our Company
We are a leading supplier of fully integrated system solutions
for the global commercial vehicle market, including the
heavy-duty truck market, the construction and agriculture
markets and the specialty and military transportation markets.
As a result of our strong leadership in cab-related products and
systems, we are positioned to benefit from the increased focus
of our customers on cab design and comfort and convenience
features to better serve their end user, the driver. Our
products include suspension seat systems, interior trim systems
(including instrument panels, door panels, headliners, cabinetry
and floor systems), cab structures and components, mirrors,
wiper systems, electronic wire harness assemblies and controls
and switches specifically designed for applications in
commercial vehicles.
We are differentiated from suppliers to the automotive industry
by our ability to manufacture low volume customized products on
a sequenced basis to meet the requirements of our customers. We
believe that we have the number one or two position in most of
our major markets and that we are the only supplier in the North
American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete cab
systems including cab body assemblies, sleeper boxes, seats,
interior trim, flooring, wire harnesses, panel assemblies and
other structural components. We believe our products are used by
virtually every major North American commercial vehicle OEM,
which we believe creates an opportunity to cross-sell our
products and offer a fully integrated system solution.
We pursue growth in sales and earnings by offering our customers
innovative products and system solutions, emphasizing continuous
improvement in the operating performance of our businesses and
by acquiring businesses that expand our product range, augment
our system solution capabilities, strengthen our customer
relationships and expand our geographic footprint. In the past
year, we have separately acquired three commercial vehicle
supply businesses that meet these acquisition criteria.
|
|
|
|
|
On February 7, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the
assets and liabilities related to Mayflower Vehicle
Systems North American Commercial Vehicle Operations for
$107.5 million. This acquisition makes us the only
non-captive producer of steel and aluminum cabs and sleeper box
assemblies for the North American Class 8 truck market. The
Mayflower acquisition will allow us to offer our truck customers
a completely furnished vehicle cab and provide us earlier
visibility on cab structure designs and concepts, which will
provide us with advantages in our other cab products. |
|
|
|
On June 3, 2005 we acquired the stock of Monona Corporation, the
parent of MWC, for $55.0 million. MWC specializes in low
volume electronic wire harnesses and instrument panel assemblies
and also assembles cabs for the construction market. The MWC
acquisition will enhance our ability to offer integrated
electronics and instrument panel assemblies, expand our cab
assembly capabilities into new end markets and provide us with a
world class Mexican assembly operation strategically
located near several of our existing OEM customers. |
|
|
|
On August 8, 2005, we acquired all of the stock of Cabarrus
Plastics, Inc. for $12.1 million, and CPI became an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group.
CPI is a manufacturer of custom injection molded products
primarily for the recreational vehicle market. |
Approximately 59% of our pro forma 2004 sales were to the
leading heavy-duty truck OEMs, Freightliner (DaimlerChrysler),
PACCAR, International (Navistar) and Volvo/ Mack. The MWC
acquisition increases our presence in the construction and
agriculture market particularly at Caterpillar and
Deere & Co., as well as Oshkosh Truck Corporation, a
leader in manufacturing specialty, emergency and military
vehicles, which we believe are less cyclical than certain of our
other markets. Approximately 84%
65
of our pro forma 2004 sales were in North America, with the
balance in Europe and Asia. The following charts depict our pro
forma 2004 net sales by product category, end market served, and
customer served.
Demand for commercial vehicles is expected to continue to
improve in 2005 due to a variety of factors, including a broad
economic recovery in North America, the need to replace aging
truck fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight
volumes and improving hauler profits. According to ACT Research,
the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) unit build rates
are expected to grow from 269,000 units in 2004 to over
341,000 units in 2009, a compound annual growth rate of 5%.
This trend is reflected in the North American heavy-duty
(Class 8) production of approximately 260,000 units in
the nine months ended September 30, 2005, an increase of
36% from the same period in 2004. The medium-duty truck,
commercial and heavy equipment, and military and specialty
vehicle markets tend to be less cyclical than the heavy-duty
(Class 8) market and are growing due to a broad economic
recovery, improved technologies in commercial vehicles and
equipment and the acceleration of worldwide purchases due to
growth in the end markets served by our customers. The market
for construction equipment is particularly dependent on the
level of major infrastructure construction and repair projects
such as highways, dams and harbors, which is in the early stages
of growth due to broad economic recovery and developing market
expansion, particularly in Asia.
For the year ended December 31, 2004 and the nine months
ended September 30, 2005, our sales were
$380.4 million and $554.4 million, respectively, and
our net income was $17.4 million and $37.0 million,
respectively. On a pro forma basis, sales for the year ended
December 31, 2004 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 would have been $671.0 million and
$620.2 million, respectively, and after giving effect to
the offering of the outstanding notes and the equity offering,
net income would have been $28.2 million and
$40.4 million, respectively. At September 30, 2005, we
had total indebtedness of $191.6 million and
stockholders equity of $189.3 million.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:
Leading Market Positions and Brands. We believe that we
are the leading supplier of seating systems and interior trim
products, the only non-captive manufacturer of Class 8
truck body systems (which includes cab body assemblies), the
second largest supplier of wiper systems and mirrors for the
North American commercial vehicle market and the largest global
supplier of construction vehicle seating systems. Our products
are marketed under brand names that are well known by our
customers and truck fleet operators. These brands include KAB
Seating, National Seating, Trim Systems, Sprague Devices,
Sprague Controls,
Prutsmantm,
Moto
Mirrortm,
RoadWatch® and Mayflower®. The Mayflower and MWC
acquisitions gave us the capability to achieve market leadership
across a broader spectrum of commercial vehicle systems,
including complete truck cab assemblies and electrical wire
systems. We expect to benefit
66
from leveraging our customer relationships and dedicated sales
force to cross-sell a broader range of products and position
ourselves as the leading provider of complete cab systems to the
commercial vehicle marketplace.
Comprehensive Cab Product and Cab System Solutions. We
believe that we offer the broadest product range of any
commercial vehicle cab supplier. We manufacture approximately 50
product categories, many of which are critical to the interior
and exterior subsystems of a commercial vehicle cab. In
addition, through our acquisitions of Mayflower and MWC, we
believe we are the only supplier worldwide with the capability
to offer complete cab systems in sequence, integrating interior
trim and seats with the cab structure and the electronic wire
harness and instrument panel assemblies. We also utilize a
variety of different processes, such as urethane molding, vacuum
forming and twin shell vacuum forming, that enable
us to meet each customers unique styling and cost
requirements. The breadth of our product offering enables us to
provide a one-stop shop for our customers, who
increasingly require complete cab solutions from a single supply
source. As a result, we believe that we have a substantial
opportunity for further customer penetration through
cross-selling initiatives and by bundling our products to
provide complete system solutions.
End-User Focused Product Innovation. A key trend in the
commercial vehicle market is that OEMs are increasingly focused
on cab design, comfort and features to better serve their end
user, the driver, and our customers are seeking suppliers that
can provide product innovation. We have a full service
engineering and product development organization that
proactively presents solutions to OEMs to meet these needs and
enables us to increase our overall content on current platforms
and models. Examples of our recent innovations that are expected
to result in better cost and performance parameters for our
customers include: a new high performance air suspension seating
system; a back cycler mechanism designed to reduce driver
fatigue; a RoadWatch® system installed in a mirror base to
detect road surface temperature; an aero-molded mirror; and a
low-weight, cost effective tubular wiper system design.
Flexible Manufacturing Capabilities and Cost Competitive
Position. Because commercial vehicle OEMs permit their
customers to select from an extensive menu of cab options, our
customers frequently request modified products in low volumes
within a limited time frame. We have a highly variable cost
structure and can efficiently leverage our flexible
manufacturing capabilities to provide low volume, customized
products to meet each customers styling, cost and
just-in-time delivery requirements. We have a
network of 27 manufacturing and assembly locations worldwide.
Several of our facilities are located near our customers to
reduce distribution costs and to maintain a high level of
customer service and flexibility.
Strong Free Cash Flow Generation. Our business generates
strong free cash flow, as it benefits from modest capital
expenditure and working capital requirements. Over the three
years ended December 31, 2004, our capital expenditures
averaged $6.6 million per year, which amounts to less than
17% of EBITDA. Total debt over the three year period from 2002
to 2004 was reduced by $73.3 million, which amounts to over
62% of cumulative EBITDA over the same period. The recent
acquisitions of Mayflower and MWC have also provided us with
cost saving opportunities, such as consolidation of supplier
relationships as well as utilization of low cost manufacturing
capabilities at our facility in Mexico, and we intend to
continue implementing operating enhancements to improve our
overall cost position.
Strong Relationships with Leading Customers and Major
Fleets. Because of our comprehensive product offerings, sole
source position for certain of our products, leading
Class 8 brand names and innovative product features, we
believe we are an important long-term supplier to all of the
leading truck manufacturers in North America and also a global
supplier to leading heavy equipment customers such as
Caterpillar, Oshkosh Truck, Deere & Co., Komatsu and
Volvo. In addition, through our sales force and engineering
teams, we maintain active relationships with the major truck
fleet organizations that are end users of our products such as
Yellow Freight, Swift Transportation, Schneider National and
Ryder Leasing. As a result of our high-quality, innovative
products, well-recognized brand names and customer service, a
majority of the largest 100 fleet operators specifically request
our products.
67
Significant Barriers to Entry. We are a leader in
providing critical cab assemblies and components to long running
platforms. Considerable barriers to entry exist, including
significant capital investment and engineering requirements,
stringent OEM technical and manufacturing requirements, high
switching costs for OEMs to shift production to new suppliers,
just-in-time delivery requirements to meet OEM volume demand and
strong brand name recognition.
Proven Management Team. Our management team is highly
respected within the commercial vehicle market, and our six
senior executives have an average of 25 years of experience
in the industry. We believe that our team has substantial depth
in critical operational areas and has demonstrated success in
reducing costs, integrating business acquisitions and improving
processes through cyclical periods. In addition, we have added
significant management, technical and operations talent with our
recent acquisitions.
Our Business Strategy
In addition to capitalizing on expected growth in our end
markets, our primary growth strategies are as follows:
Increase Content, Expand Customer Penetration and Leverage
System Opportunities. We are the only integrated commercial
vehicle supplier that can offer complete modular cab systems. We
are focused on securing additional sales from our existing
customer base, and we actively cross-market a diverse portfolio
of products to our customers to increase our content on the cabs
manufactured by these OEMs. To complement our North American
capabilities and enhance our customer relationships, we are
working with OEMs as they increase their focus on international
markets. We are one of the first commercial vehicle suppliers to
establish operations in China and are aggressively working to
secure new business from both existing customers with Chinese
manufacturing operations and Chinese OEMs. We believe we are
well positioned to capitalize on the migration by OEMs in the
heavy truck and commercial vehicle sector towards commercial
vehicle suppliers that can offer a complete interior system.
Leverage Our New Product Development Capabilities. We
have made a significant investment in our engineering
capabilities and new product development in order to anticipate
the evolving demands of our customers and end users. For
example, we recently introduced a new wiper system utilizing a
tubular linkage system with a single motor that operates both
wipers, reducing the cost, space and weight of the wiper system.
Also, we believe that our new high performance seat should
enable us to capture additional market share in North America
and provide us with opportunities to market this seat on a
global basis. We will continue to design and develop new
products that add or improve content and increase cab comfort
and safety.
Capitalize on Operating Leverage. We continuously seek
ways to lower costs, enhance product quality, improve
manufacturing efficiencies and increase product throughput. Over
the past three years, we realized operating synergies with the
integration of our sales, marketing and distribution processes;
reduced our fixed cost base through the closure and
consolidation of several manufacturing and design facilities;
and have begun to implement our Lean Manufacturing and Total
Quality Production Systems (TQPS) programs. We
believe our ongoing cost saving initiatives and the
establishment of our sourcing relationships in China will enable
us to continue to lower our manufacturing costs. As a result, we
are well positioned to grow our operating margins and capitalize
on any volume increases in the heavy truck sector with minimal
additional capital expenditures. With the integration of
Mayflower and MWC, CVGs management will be pursuing cost
reduction and avoidance opportunities which include:
consolidating supplier relationships to achieve lower costs and
better terms, combining steel and other material purchases to
leverage purchasing power, strategic sourcing of products to
OEMs from new facility locations, implementing lean
manufacturing techniques to achieve operational efficiencies,
improving product quality and delivery and providing additional
capacity. Cost reductions will also target merging
administrative functions, including accounting, IT and corporate
services.
Grow Sales to the Aftermarket. While commercial vehicles
have a relatively long life, certain components, such as seats,
wipers and mirrors, are replaced more frequently. We believe
that there are
68
opportunities to leverage our brand recognition to increase our
sales to the replacement aftermarket. Since many aftermarket
participants are small and locally focused, we plan to leverage
our national scale to increase our market share in the
fragmented aftermarket. We believe that the continued growth in
the aftermarket represents an attractive diversification to our
OEM business due to its relative stability as well as the market
penetration opportunity.
Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Continue to Diversify
Sales. We will selectively pursue complementary strategic
acquisitions that allow us to leverage the marketing,
engineering and manufacturing strengths of our business and
expand our sales to new and existing customers. The markets in
which we operate are highly fragmented and provide ample
consolidation opportunities. The acquisition of Mayflower will
enable us to be the only supplier worldwide to offer complete
cab systems in sequence, integrating interior trim and seats
with the cab structure. The MWC acquisition will enable us to
provide integrated electronic systems into our cab products.
Each of these acquisitions has expanded and diversified our
sales to include a greater percentage to non-heavy truck
markets, such as the construction and specialty and military
vehicle markets.
Our Recent Acquisitions
On February 7, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the
assets and liabilities related to Mayflower Vehicle
Systems North American Commercial Vehicle Operations for
$107.5 million, which became a wholly owned subsidiary of
Commercial Vehicle Group. The Mayflower acquisition was funded
through an increase and amendment to our senior credit facility.
Mayflower is the only non-captive producer of complete steel and
aluminum truck cabs for the commercial vehicle sector in North
America. Mayflower serves the North American commercial vehicle
sector from three manufacturing locations, Norwalk, Ohio,
Shadyside, Ohio and Kings Mountain, North Carolina, supplying
three major product lines: cab frames and assemblies, sleeper
boxes and other structural components. Through the Mayflower
acquisition we believe we are the only supplier worldwide with
the capability to offer complete cab systems in sequence,
integrating interior trim and seats with the cab structure. The
acquisition gives us the leading position in North American cab
structures and the number two position in complete cab
assemblies, as well as full service cab and sleeper engineering
and development capabilities with a technical facility located
near Detroit, Michigan. In addition, the Mayflower acquisition
broadens our revenue base at International, Volvo/ Mack,
Freightliner, PACCAR and Caterpillar and enhances our
cross-selling opportunities. We anticipate that the Mayflower
acquisition will also provide significant cost saving
opportunities and our complementary customer bases will balance
revenue distribution and strengthen customer relationships. For
the year ended December 31, 2004, Mayflower recorded
revenues of $206.5 million and operating income of
$21.6 million.
On June 3, 2005, we acquired all of the stock of Monona
Corporation, the parent of MWC, for $55.0 million, and MWC
became a wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group.
The MWC acquisition was funded through an increase and amendment
to our senior credit facility. MWC is a leading manufacturer of
complex, electronic wire harnesses and related assemblies used
in the global heavy equipment and specialty and military vehicle
markets. It also produces panel assemblies for commercial
equipment markets and cab frame assemblies for Caterpillar.
MWCs wire harness assemblies are critical, complex
products that are the primary electrical current carrying
devices within vehicle systems. MWC offers approximately 4,500
different wire harness assemblies for its customers, which
include leading OEMs such as Caterpillar, Deere & Co.
and Oshkosh Truck. MWC operates from primary manufacturing
operations in the U.S. and Mexico, and we believe it is cost
competitive on a global basis. The MWC acquisition enhances our
ability to offer comprehensive cab systems to our customers,
expands our electronic assembly capabilities, adds Mexico
manufacturing capabilities, and offers significant cross-selling
opportunities over a more diversified base of customers. For the
fiscal year ended January 31, 2005, MWC recorded revenues
of $85.5 million and operating income of $9.6 million.
On August 8, 2005, we acquired all of the stock of Cabarrus
Plastics, Inc. for $12.1 million, and CPI became an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group.
CPI is a manufacturer of
69
custom injection molded products primarily for the recreational
vehicle market. The CPI acquisition was financed with cash on
hand.
Products
We offer OEMs a broad range of products and system solutions for
a variety of end market vehicle applications that include local
and long-haul commercial truck, bus, construction, specialty
automotive, agricultural, military, end market industrial,
marine, municipal and recreation. Fleets and OEMs are increasing
their focus on cabs and their interiors to differentiate
products and improve driver comfort and retention. We
manufacture over 50 product categories, many of which are
critical to the interior subsystems of a commercial vehicle cab.
Although a portion of our products are sold directly to OEMs as
finished components, we use most of our products to produce
systems or subsystems, which are groups
of component parts located throughout the vehicle that operate
together to provide a specific vehicle function. Systems
currently produced by us include cab bodies, sleeper boxes,
seating, trim, body panels, storage cabinets, floor covering,
mirrors, windshield wipers, headliners, window lifts, door
locks, temperature measurement and wire harnesses. We classify
our products into five general categories: (1) seats and
seating systems, (2) trim systems and components,
(3) mirrors, wipers and controls, (4) cab structures,
sleeper boxes, body panels and structural components and
(5) electronic wire harnesses and panel assemblies.
The following table shows the percentage of sales from our
principal product categories in 2004 on an actual and pro forma
basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 Sales | |
|
|
| |
Product Category |
|
Actual | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Seats and Seating Systems
|
|
|
53 |
% |
|
|
30 |
% |
Trim Systems and Components
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
Mirrors, Wipers and Controls
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
Cab Structures, Sleeper Boxes, Body Panels and Structural
Components
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
Electronic Wire Harnesses and Panel Assemblies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set forth below is a brief description of our products and their
applications:
Seats and Seating Systems.
We design, engineer and produce seating systems primarily for
heavy trucks in North America and for commercial vehicles used
in the construction and agricultural industries through our
European operations. For the most part, our seats and seating
systems are fully-assembled and ready for installation when they
are delivered to the OEM. We offer a wide range of seats that
include air suspension seats, static seats, passenger seats, bus
seats and rail car seats. As a result of our strong product
design and product technology, we are a leader in designing
seats with convenience features and enhanced safety. Seats and
seating systems are the most complex and highly specialized
products of our five product categories.
Heavy Truck Seats. We produce seats and seating systems
for Class 8 heavy trucks in our North American operations.
Our heavy truck seating systems are designed to achieve maximum
driver comfort by adding a wide range of manual and power
features such as lumbar supports, cushion and back bolsters and
leg and thigh supports. Our heavy truck seats are highly
specialized based on a variety of different seating options
offered in OEM product lines. Our seats are built to customer
specifications in low volumes and consequently are produced in
numerous combinations with a wide range of price points. There
are approximately 350 parts in each seat, resulting in over
2 million possible seat combinations. Adding features to a
standard seat is the principal way to increase pricing, and the
price of one seat can range from $180 for a standard suspension
seat to over $400 for an air seat with enhanced features.
70
We differentiate our seats from our competitors seats by
focusing on three principal goals: driver comfort, driver
retention and decreased workers compensation claims.
Drivers of heavy trucks recognize and are often given the
opportunity to specify their choice of seat brands, and we
strive to develop strong customer loyalty both at the commercial
vehicle OEMs and among the drivers. We believe that we have
superior technology and can offer a unique seat base that is
ergonomically designed, accommodates a range of driver sizes and
absorbs shock to maximize driver comfort. We recently introduced
the Back Cycler seat mechanism to reduce driver
fatigue and a new high performance air suspension seat system.
Other Commercial Vehicle Seats. We produce seats and
seating systems for commercial vehicles used in the global
construction and agricultural, bus, commercial transport and
municipal industries. The principal focus of these seating
systems is durability. These seats are ergonomically designed
for difficult working environments, to provide comfort and
control throughout the range of seats and chairs.
Other Seating Products. Our European operations also
manufacture office seating products. Our office chair was
developed as a result of our experience supplying chairs for the
heavy truck, agricultural and construction industries and is
fully adjustable to maximize comfort at work. Our office chairs
are available in a wide variety of colors and fabrics to suit
many different office environments, such as emergency services,
call centers, receptions, studios, boardrooms and general office.
Trim Systems and Components.
We design, engineer, and produce trim systems and components for
the interior cabs of commercial vehicles. Our interior trim
products are designed to provide a comfortable interior for the
vehicle occupants as well as a variety of functional and safety
features. The wide variety of features that can be selected by
the heavy truck customer makes trim systems and components a
complex and highly specialized product category. For example, a
sleeper cab can contain three times as many trim components as a
day cab, and can cost, on average, over $900 for a fully loaded
sleeper cab as compared to $260 for an average day cab. Set
forth below is a brief description of our principal trim systems
and components:
Trim Products. Our trim products include A-Pillars,
B-Pillars, door panels and interior trim panels. Door panels
consist of several component parts that are attached to a
substrate. Specific components include vinyl or cloth-covered
appliqués, armrests, radio speaker grilles, map pocket
compartments, carpet and sound-reducing insulation. In addition,
door panels often incorporate electronic and electrical
distribution systems and products, including lock and latch,
window glass, window regulators and audio systems as well as
wire harnesses for the control of power seats, windows, mirrors
and door locks. Our products are attractive, lightweight
solutions from a traditional cut and sew approach to a
contemporary molded styling theme. The parts can be
color matched or top good wrapped to integrate seamlessly with
the rest of the interior. We recently developed a one-step
twin shell vacuum forming process for flooring
systems and headliners.
Instrument Panels. We produce and assemble instrument
panels that can be integrated with the rest of the interior
trim. The instrument panel is a complex system of coverings and
foam, plastic and metal parts designed to house various
components and act as a safety device for the vehicle occupant.
Body Panels (Headliners/ Wall Panels). Headliners consist
of a substrate and a finished interior layer made of fabrics and
materials. While headliners are an important contributor to
interior aesthetics, they also provide insulation from road
noise and can serve as carriers for a variety of other
components, such as visors, overhead consoles, grab handles,
coat hooks, electrical wiring, speakers, lighting and other
electronic and electrical products. As the amount of electronic
and electrical content available in vehicles has increased,
headliners have emerged as an important carrier of electronic
features such as lighting systems.
Storage Systems. Our modular storage units and custom
cabinetry are designed to improve comfort and convenience for
the driver. These storage systems are designed to be integrated
with the interior trim. These units may be easily expanded and
customized with features that include refrigerators, sinks and
71
water reservoirs. Our storage systems are constructed with
durable materials and designed to last the life of the vehicle.
Floor Covering Systems. We have an extensive and
comprehensive portfolio of floor covering systems and dash
insulators. Carpet flooring systems generally consist of tufted
or non-woven carpet with a thermoplastic backcoating which, when
heated, allows the carpet to be fitted precisely to the interior
or trunk compartment of the vehicle. Additional insulation
materials are added to minimize noise, vibration and harshness.
Non-carpeted flooring systems, used primarily in commercial and
fleet vehicles, offer improved wear and maintenance
characteristics. The dash insulator separates the passenger
compartment from the engine compartment and prevents engine
noise and heat from entering the passenger compartment.
Sleeper Bunks. We offer a wide array of design choices
for upper and lower sleeper bunks for heavy trucks. All parts of
our sleeper bunks can be integrated to match the rest of the
interior trim. Our sleeper bunks arrive at OEMs fully assembled
and ready for installation.
Grab Handles and Armrests. Our grab handles and armrests
are designed and engineered with specific attention to
aesthetics, ergonomics and strength. Our
T-Skintm
product uses a wide range of inserts and substrates for
structural integrity. The integral skin urethane offers a soft
touch and can be in-mold coated to specific colors.
Bumper Fascias and Fender Covers. Our highly durable,
lightweight bumper fascias and fender covers are capable of
withstanding repeated impacts that would deform an aluminum or
steel bumper. We utilize a production technique that chemically
bonds a layer of paint to the part after it has been molded,
thereby enabling the part to keep its appearance even after
repeated impacts.
Privacy Curtains. We produce privacy curtains for use in
sleeper cabs. Our privacy curtains include features such as
integrated color matching of both sides of the curtain, choice
of cloth or vinyl, full black out features and
low-weight.
Sun Visors. Our sun visors are fully integrated for multi
access mounting and pivot hardware. Our sun visor system
includes multiple options such as mirrors, map pockets and
different options for positioning. We use low pressure injection
molding to produce our premium sun visors with a simulated grain
texture.
Mirrors, Wipers and Controls.
We design, engineer and produce a wide range of mirrors, wipers
and controls used in commercial vehicles. Set forth below is a
brief description of our principal products in this category:
Mirrors. We offer a wide range of round, rectangular,
motorized and heated mirrors and related hardware, including
brackets, braces and side bars. Most of our mirror designs
utilize stainless steel pins, fasteners and support braces to
ensure durability. We have recently introduced both road and
outside temperature devices that are integrated into the mirror
face or the vehicles dashboard through our Road
Watchtm
family of products. These systems are principally utilized by
municipalities throughout North America to monitor surface
temperatures and assist them in dispersing chemicals for snow
and ice removal. We have recently introduced a new lower-cost
system for use in long-haul commercial trucks and mission
critical vehicles such as ambulances. We have also recently
introduced a new molded aerodynamic mirror that is integrated
into the trucks exterior.
Windshield Wiper Systems. We offer application-specific
windshield wiper systems and individual windshield wiper
components for all segments of the commercial vehicle market.
Our windshield wiper systems are generally delivered to the OEM
fully assembled and ready for installation. A windshield wiper
system is typically comprised of a pneumatic electric motor,
linkages, arms, wiper blades, washer reservoirs and related
pneumatic or electric pumps. We also produce air-assisted
washing systems for headlights and cameras to assist drivers
with visibility for safe vehicle operation. These systems
utilize window wash fluid and air to create a turbulent
liquid/air stream that removes road grime from headlights and
cameras. We
72
offer an optional programmable washing system that allows for
periodic washing and dry cycles for maximum safety. We have
recently introduced a new low-weight, cost effective tubular
wiper system design.
Controls. We offer a range of controls and control
systems that includes a complete line of window lifts and door
locks, mechanic, pneumatic, electrical and electronic HVAC
controls and electric switch products. We specialize in
air-powered window lifts and door locks, which are highly
reliable and cost effective as compared to similar products
powered by electricity. We also offer a variety of electric
window lifts and door locks.
Cab Structures, Sleeper Boxes, Body Panels and Structural
Components.
We design, engineer and produce complete cab structures, sleeper
boxes, body panels and structural components for the commercial
vehicle and automotive industries in North America. Set forth
below is a description of our principal products in this
category:
Cab Structures. We design, manufacture, and assemble
complete cab structures used primarily in heavy trucks for all
the commercial vehicle OEMs in North America. Our cab
structures, which are manufactured from both steel and aluminum
are delivered to our customers, fully assembled and primed for
paint. Our cab structures are built to order based upon options
selected by the vehicles end-users and delivered to the
OEMs, in line sequence, as these end-users trucks are
manufactured by the OEMs. In addition, we also design, produce
and assemble cab structures for certain automotive OEMs.
Sleeper Boxes. We design, manufacture, and assemble
sleeper boxes primarily for heavy trucks in North America. We
manufacture both integrated sleeper boxes that are part of the
overall cab structure as well as stand alone assemblies
depending on the customer application. Sleeper boxes are
typically constructed using aluminum exterior panels in
combination with steel structural components delivered to our
customers in line sequence after the final seal and E-coat
process. We build and deliver our sleeper boxes to our OEM
customers in sequence.
Body Panels and Structural Components. We produce a wide
range of both steel and aluminum large exterior body panels and
structural components. Approximately 80% of the body panels and
structural components we manufacture are used internally in our
production of cab structures as described above, with the
remaining approximately 20% being sold externally to commercial
vehicle and automotive OEMs. The products we produce for the
external market include large exterior body panels and
structural components for both heavy trucks and the Ford GT
automobile, heavy truck bumper assemblies and large stampings
for the construction industry.
Electronic Wire Harnesses and Panel Assemblies. We
design, engineer and produce a wide range of electronic wire
harnesses and related assemblies as well as panel assemblies
used in commercial vehicles and other equipment. Set forth below
is a brief description of our principal products in this
category.
Electronic Wire Harnesses. We offer a broad range of
complex electronic wire harness assemblies that function as the
primary current carrying devices used to provide electrical
interconnections for gauges, lights, control functions, power
circuits and other electronic applications on a commercial
vehicle or related unit of equipment. Our wire harnesses are
highly customized to fit specific end-user requirements and
often include more than 350 individual circuits and weigh more
than 30 pounds. We provide our wire harnesses for a wide variety
of commercial vehicles, military vehicles, specialty trucks and
other specialty applications, including heavy-industrial
equipment and medical equipment.
Panel Assemblies. We assemble large, integrated
components such as panel assemblies and cabinets for commercial
vehicle OEMs, other heavy equipment manufacturers and medical
equipment manufacturers. The panels and cabinets we assemble are
installed in key locations on a vehicle or unit of equipment,
are integrated with our wire harness assemblies and provide user
control over certain operational functions and features.
73
Customers and Marketing
We sell our products principally to the commercial vehicle OEM
market. Approximately 75% of our 2004 sales and approximately
78% of our pro forma 2004 sales were derived from sales to
commercial vehicle OEMs, with the remainder derived principally
from aftermarket sales.
We supply our products primarily to heavy truck OEMs, the
aftermarket and OEM service segment and other commercial vehicle
OEMs. The following is a summary of our sales by end-user market
segment in 2004 on an actual and pro forma basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 Sales | |
|
|
| |
End-User Market |
|
Actual | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Heavy Truck OEM
|
|
|
54 |
% |
|
|
59 |
% |
Aftermarket and OEM Service
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Construction
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
Bus
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Military
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Agriculture
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Other
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our principal customers in the heavy truck OEM market include
PACCAR, Freightliner, International and Volvo/ Mack. We believe
we are an important long-term supplier to all leading truck
manufacturers in North America because of our comprehensive
product offerings, leading brand names and product innovation.
In our European operations, our principal customers in the
commercial vehicle market include Caterpillar, Volvo,
Deere & Co., Komatsu and CNH Global (Case New Holland).
We also sell our trim products to OEMs in the marine and
recreational vehicle industries and seating products to office
product manufacturers principally in Europe.
The following is a summary of our significant OEM customers in
2004 on an actual and pro forma basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 Sales | |
|
|
| |
Customer |
|
Actual | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
PACCAR
|
|
|
28 |
% |
|
|
16 |
% |
Freightliner
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
International
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
Caterpillar
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Volvo/ Mack
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Komatsu
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Deere & Co.
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Oshkosh Truck
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Other
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Except as set forth in the above table, no other customer
accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in 2004.
Primarily as a result of our European operations, we derived
approximately 28% of our actual 2004 sales and 16% of our pro
forma 2004 sales from outside of North America. Our European
operations currently serve customers located in Europe and Asia.
74
Our OEM customers generally source business to us pursuant to
written contracts, purchase orders or other firm commitments in
terms of price, quality, technology and delivery. Awarded
business generally covers the supply of all or a portion of a
customers production and service requirements for a
particular product program rather than the supply of a specific
quantity of products. In general, these contracts, purchase
orders and commitments provide that the customer can terminate
the contract, purchase order or commitment if we do not meet
specified quality and delivery requirements. Such contracts,
purchase orders or other firm commitments generally extend for
the entire life of a platform, which is typically five to seven
years. Although these contracts, purchase orders or other
commitments may be terminated at any time by our customers (but
not by us), such terminations have been minimal and have not had
a material impact on our results of operations. In order to
reduce our reliance on any one vehicle model, we produce
products for a broad cross-section of both new and more
established models.
Our contracts with our major OEM customers generally provide for
an annual productivity cost reduction. These reductions are
calculated on an annual basis as a percentage of the previous
years purchases by each customer. The reduction is
achieved through engineering changes, material cost reductions,
logistics savings, reductions in packaging cost and labor
efficiencies. Historically, most of these cost reductions have
been offset by both internal reductions and through the
assistance of our supply base, although no assurances can be
given that we will be able to achieve such reductions in the
future. If the annual reduction targets are not achieved then
the difference is recovered through price reductions. Our cost
structure is comprised of a high percentage of variable costs
that provides us with additional flexibility during economic
cycles.
Our sales and marketing efforts with respect to our OEM sales
are designed to create overall awareness of our engineering
design and manufacturing capabilities and to enable us to be
selected to supply products for new and redesigned models by our
OEM customers. Our sales and marketing staff works closely with
our design and engineering personnel to prepare the materials
used for bidding on new business as well as to provide a
consistent interface between us and our key customers. Most of
our sales and marketing personnel have engineering backgrounds
which enable them to participate in the design and engineering
aspects of acquiring new business as well as ongoing customer
service. We currently have sales and marketing personnel located
in every major region in which we operate. From time to time, we
also participate in industry trade shows and advertise in
industry publications. One of our ongoing initiatives is to
negotiate and enter into long term supply agreements with our
existing customers that allow us to leverage all of our business
and provide a complete cab system to our commercial vehicle OEM
customers.
Our principal customers for our aftermarket sales include the
OEM dealers and independent wholesale distributors. Our sales
and marketing efforts for our aftermarket sales are focused on
support of these two distribution chains, as well as direct
contact with all major fleets.
Design and Engineering Support
We work with our customers engineering and development
teams at the beginning of the design process for new components
and assemblies, or the redesign process for existing components
and assemblies, in order to maximize production efficiency and
quality. These processes may take place from one to three years
prior to the commencement of production. On average, development
of a new component takes 12 to 24 months during the design
phase, while the re-engineering of an existing part may take
from one to six months. Early design involvement can result in a
product that meets or exceeds the customers design and
performance requirements and is more efficient to manufacture.
In addition, our extensive involvement enhances our position for
bidding on such business. We work aggressively to ensure that
our quality and delivery metrics distinguish us from our
competitors.
We focus on bringing our customers integrated products that have
superior content, comfort and safety. Consistent with our
value-added engineering focus, we have developed relationships
with the engineering departments of our customers and have
placed resident engineers with PACCAR and Freightliner, two of
our largest customers. These relationships not only help us to
identify new business
75
opportunities but also enable us to compete based on the quality
of our products and services, rather than exclusively on price.
In addition, we have also provided engineering solutions for
certain specialty vehicles including, most recently, the body
development for the prestigious Ford GT sports car.
We are currently involved in the design stage of several
products for our customers and will begin production of these
products in the years 2005 to 2007.
Intellectual Property
We consider ourselves to be a leader in both product and process
technology, and, therefore, protection of intellectual property
is important to our business. Our principal intellectual
property consists of product and process technology, a limited
number of United States and foreign patents, trade secrets,
trademarks and copyrights. Although our intellectual property is
important to our business operations and in the aggregate
constitutes a valuable asset, we do not believe that any single
patent, trade secret, trademark or copyright, or group of
patents, trade secrets, trademarks or copyrights is critical to
the success of our business. Our policy is to seek statutory
protection for all significant intellectual property embodied in
patents, trademarks and copyrights. From time to time, we grant
licenses under our patents and technology and receive licenses
under patents and technology of others.
We market our products under well-known brand names that include
KAB Seating, National Seating, Trim Systems, Sprague Devices,
Sprague Controls,
Prutsmantm,
Moto
Mirrortm,
RoadWatch® and
Mayflowertm.
We believe that our brands are valuable and are increasing in
value with the growth of our business, but that our business is
not dependent on such brands. We own U.S. federal
registrations for several of our brands.
Research and Development
Our objective is to be a leader in offering superior quality and
technologically advanced products to our customers at
competitive prices. We engage in ongoing engineering, research
and development activities to improve the reliability,
performance and cost-effectiveness of our existing products and
to design and develop new products for existing and new
applications. The Mayflower acquisition has significantly
expanded our capabilities in this regard by adding another
design facility and prototype shop in Farmington Hills, Michigan
and increasing the size of our design and engineering team.
Manufacturing
A description of the manufacturing processes we utilize for each
of our principal product categories is set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
Seats and Seating Systems. Our seating operations utilize
a variety of manufacturing techniques whereby fabric is affixed
to an underlying seat frame. We also manufacture and assemble
the seat frame, which involves complex welding. For the most
part, we utilize outside suppliers to produce the individual
components used to assemble the seat frame. |
|
|
|
Trim Systems and Components. Our interior systems process
capabilities include injection molding, low-pressure injection
molding, urethane molding and foaming processes, compression
molding, and vacuum and twin shell vacuum forming as well as
various trimming and finishing methods. |
|
|
|
Mirrors, Wipers and Controls. We manufacture our mirrors,
wipers and controls utilizing a variety of manufacturing
processes and techniques. Our mirrors, wipers and controls are
100% hand assembled, tested and packaged. |
|
|
|
Cab Structures, Sleeper Boxes, Body Panels and Structural
Components. We utilize a wide range of manufacturing
processes to produce the majority of the steel and aluminum
stampings used in our cab structures, sleeper boxes, body panels
and structural components and a variety of both robotic and
manual welding techniques in the assembly of these products. In
addition, both our |
76
|
|
|
|
|
Norwalk, Ohio and Kings Mountain, North Carolina facilities have
large capacity, fully automated E-coat paint priming systems
allowing us to provide our customers with a paint-ready cab
product. Due to their high cost, full body E-coat systems, such
as ours, are rarely found outside of the manufacturing
operations of the major OEMs. The four major large press lines
at our Shadyside, Ohio facility provide us with the in-house
manufacturing flexibility for both aluminum and steel stampings
delivered just in time to our cab assembly plants. This plant
also provides us with low volume forming and processing
techniques including laser trim operations that minimize
investment and time to manufacture for low volume applications. |
|
|
|
Electronic Wire Harnesses and Panel Assemblies. We
utilize several manufacturing techniques to produce the majority
of our electronic wire harnesses and panel assemblies. Our
processes, both manual and automated, are designed to produce
complex, low- to medium-volume wire harnesses and panel
assemblies in short time frames. Our wire harnesses and panel
assemblies are both electronically and hand tested. |
We have a broad array of processes to offer our commercial
vehicle OEM customers to enable us to meet their styling and
cost requirements. The interior of the vehicle cab is the most
significant and appealing aspect to the driver of the vehicle,
and consequently each commercial vehicle OEM has unique
requirements as to feel, appearance and features. Within the
last several years, we added new technologies, including
injection molding, compression molding and vacuum forming
capabilities, to our facilities through research and
development, licenses of patented technology and equipment
purchases.
The end markets for our products are highly specialized and our
customers frequently request modified products in low volumes
within an expedited delivery timeframe. As a result, we
primarily utilize flexible manufacturing cells at the vast
majority of our production facilities. Manufacturing cells are
clusters of individual manufacturing operations and work
stations grouped in a circular configuration, with the operators
placed centrally within the configuration. This provides
flexibility by allowing efficient changes to the number of
operations each operator performs. When compared to the more
traditional, less flexible assembly line process, cell
manufacturing allows us to maintain our product output
consistent with our OEM customers requirements and reduce
the level of inventory. While the Norwalk and Shadyside, Ohio
and Kings Mountain, North Carolina manufacturing facilities we
recently acquired as part of the Mayflower acquisition do
utilize an assembly line model, we believe we can adapt these
operations to accommodate product changes and limit future
capital expenditures.
When an end-user buys a commercial vehicle, the end-user will
specify the seat and other features for that vehicle. Because
each of our seating systems is unique, our manufacturing
facilities have significant complexity which we manage by
building in sequence. We build our seating systems as orders are
received, and systems are delivered to the customers rack
in the sequence that the vehicles come down the assembly line.
We have systems in place that allow us to provide complete
customized interior kits in boxes that are delivered in
sequence, and we intend to expand upon these systems such that
we will be able to provide, in sequence, fully integrated
modular systems combining the cab body and interior and seating
systems.
In most instances, we keep track of our build sequence by
vehicle identification number, and components are identified by
bar code. Sequencing reduces our cost of production because it
eliminates warehousing costs and reduces waste and obsolescence,
offsetting any increased labor costs. Several of our
manufacturing facilities are strategically located near our
customers assembly plants, which facilitates this process
and minimizes shipping costs.
We employ just-in-time manufacturing and system sourcing in our
operations to meet customer requirements for faster deliveries
and to minimize our need to carry significant inventory levels.
We utilize visual material systems to manage inventory levels,
and in certain locations we have inventory delivered as often as
two times per day from a nearby facility based on the previous
days order. This eliminates the need to carry excess
inventory at our facilities.
77
Typically, in a strong economy, new vehicle production increases
and there is more money to be spent on enhancements to the truck
interior. As demand goes up, the mix of our products shifts
towards more expensive systems, such as sleeper units, with
enhanced features and higher quality materials. The shift from
low-end units to high-end units amplifies the positive effect a
strong economy has on our business. Conversely, when the market
drops and customers shift away from ordering high-end units with
enhanced features, our business suffers from both lower volume
and lower pricing. We strive to manage down cycles by running
our facilities at capacity while maintaining the capability and
flexibility to expand. We work with our employees and rely on
their involvement to help eliminate problems and re-align our
capacity. During a ramp-up of production, we have plans in place
to manage increased demand and achieve on-time delivery. Our
strategies include alternating between human and machine
production and allowing existing employees to try higher skilled
positions while hiring new employees for lower skilled positions.
During 2002, as a means to enhance our operations, we began to
implement TQPS throughout our operations. TQPS is our customized
version of Lean Manufacturing and consists of a 32 hour
interactive class that is taught exclusively by members of our
management team. While we are in the beginning phases of TQPS
initiatives, a significant portion of the labor efficiencies we
gained over the past few years is due to the program. TQPS is an
analytical process in which we analyze each of our manufacturing
cells and identify the most efficient process to improve
efficiency and quality. The goal is to achieve total cost
management and continuous improvement. Some examples of
TQPS-related improvements are: reduced labor to move parts
around the facility, clear walking paths in and around
manufacturing cells and increased safety. An ongoing goal is to
reduce the time employees spend waiting for materials within a
facility. We intend to implement TQPS improvements at each of
the manufacturing facilities we recently acquired as part of the
Mayflower acquisition and the MWC acquisition and anticipate
that this will increase operational efficiency, improve product
quality and provide additional capacity at these locations.
Raw Materials and Suppliers
A description of the principal raw materials we utilize for each
of our principal product categories is set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
Seats and Seating Systems. The principal raw materials
used in our seat systems include steel, aluminum and foam
chemicals, and are generally readily available and obtained from
multiple suppliers under various supply agreements. Leather,
fabric and certain components are also purchased from multiple
suppliers under supply agreements. Typically, our supply
agreements last for at least one year and can be terminated by
us for breach or convenience. Some purchased components are
obtained from our customers. |
|
|
|
Trim Systems and Components. The principal raw materials
used in our interior systems processes are resin and chemical
products, which are formed and assembled into end products.
These raw materials are obtained from multiple suppliers,
typically under supply agreements which last for at least one
year and are terminable by us for breach or convenience. |
|
|
|
Mirrors, Wipers and Controls. The principal raw materials
used to manufacture our mirrors, wipers and controls are steel,
stainless steel, aluminum, glass and rubber, which are generally
readily available and obtained from multiple suppliers. |
78
|
|
|
|
|
Cab Structures, Sleeper Boxes, Body Panels and Structural
Components. The principal raw materials used in our cab
structures, sleeper boxes, body panels and structural components
are steel and aluminum, the majority of which we purchase in
sheets and stamp at our Shadyside, Ohio facility. These raw
materials are generally readily available and obtained from
several suppliers, typically under purchase orders that are
cancelable by us without cause, pursuant to one year supply
agreements. |
|
|
|
Electronic Wire Harnesses and Panel Assemblies. The
principal raw materials used to manufacture our electronic wire
harnesses are wire, connectors, terminals, switches, relays and
braid fabric. These raw materials are obtained from multiple
suppliers and are generally readily available. Many of our
customers specify particular wire and connectors and, as such,
negotiate pricing of these materials directly with our
customers. Our panel assembly materials are generally procured
directly from the customer. |
Our supply agreements generally provide for fixed pricing but do
not require us to purchase any specified quantities. We have not
experienced any significant shortages of raw materials and
normally do not carry inventories of raw materials or finished
products in excess of those reasonably required to meet
production and shipping schedules as well as service
requirements. We purchase materials such as steel, foam, vinyl
and cloth in large quantities on a global basis through our
central corporate office, and other materials for which we
require lower volumes are purchased directly by our facilities.
We purchase steel at market prices, which during the last year,
have increased to historical highs as a result of a relatively
low level of supply and a relatively high level of demand. As a
result, we are currently being assessed surcharges on certain of
our purchases of steel. We continue to work with our customers
and suppliers to minimize the impact of such surcharges. We
intend to exploit the increased purchasing power we have gained
through the Mayflower acquisition to obtain purchase price
reductions on certain raw materials, such as steel and aluminum.
We do not believe we are dependent on a single supplier or
limited group of suppliers for our raw materials.
Competition
Within each of our principal product categories, we compete with
a variety of independent suppliers and with OEMs in-house
operations, primarily on the basis of price, breadth of product
offerings, product quality, technical expertise and development
capability, product delivery and product service. We believe we
are the only supplier in the North American commercial vehicle
market that can offer complete cab systems in sequence
integrating interior systems (including seats, interior trim and
flooring systems) with the cab structure. A summary of our
estimated market position and primary independent competitors is
set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
Seats and Seating Systems. We believe that we have the
number one market position in North America with respect to our
seating operations. We also believe that we have the number one
market position in supplying seats and seating systems to
commercial vehicles used in the construction industry on a
worldwide basis. Our primary independent competitors in the
North American commercial vehicle market include Sears
Manufacturing Company, Accuride Corporation and Seats, Inc., and
our primary competitors in the European commercial vehicle
market include Grammar and Isringhausen. |
|
|
|
Trim Systems and Components. We believe that we have the
number one market position in North America with respect to our
interior trim products. We face competition from a number of
different competitors with respect to each of our trim system
products and components. Overall, our primary independent
competitors are ConMet, Fabriform, TPI, Findlay, Superior and
Mitras. |
|
|
|
Mirrors, Wipers and Controls. We believe that we hold the
number two market position in North America with respect to our
windshield wiper systems and mirrors. We face competition from a
number of different competitors with respect to each of our
principal products in this category. Our principal competitors
for mirrors are Hadley, Lang-Mekra and Trucklite, and our
principal competitors for windshield wiper systems are Johnson
Electric, Trico and Valeo. |
79
|
|
|
|
|
Cab Structures, Sleeper Boxes, Body Panels and Structural
Components. We believe we have the number one market
position in North America with respect to our cab structural
components and the number two position in North America with
respect to our cab structures, sleeper boxes and body panels.
Our principal competitors with regard to structural components
are Magna Inoxydable Inc., Ogihara Corporation, Q3 Stamped
Metal, Inc. and Defiance Metal Products. Our principal
competitors with regard to cab structures are the in-house
operations of Freightliner, PACCAR, International and Volvo/
Mack. |
|
|
|
Electronic Wire Harnesses and Panel Assemblies. We
believe that we are a leading producer of low- to medium-volume
complex, electronic wire harnesses and related assemblies used
in the global heavy equipment, commercial vehicle, heavy-truck
and specialty and military vehicle markets. Our principal
competitors for electronic wire harnesses include large
diversified suppliers such as Delphi, Lear, Leoni and Stoneridge
and smaller independent companies such as Fargo Assembly,
Schofield Enterprises and Unlimited Services. |
Seasonality
OEMs production requirements are generally higher in the
first three quarters of the year as compared to the fourth
quarter. We believe this seasonality is due, in part, to demand
for new vehicles softening during the holiday season and as a
result of the winter months in North America and Europe. Also,
the major North American OEM manufacturers generally close their
production facilities for the last two weeks of the year.
Employees
As of September 30, 2005 we had approximately
5,900 permanent and temporary employees, of whom
approximately 12% were salaried and the balance were hourly.
Approximately 21% of the hourly employees in our North American
operations were unionized, and approximately 43% of our
employees at our United Kingdom operations were represented by
shop steward committees.
As a result of the Mayflower acquisition, our number of
employees increased by approximately 1,000 employees, of whom
approximately 15% are salaried and the balance are hourly. In
addition, we have unionized work forces at each of our newly
acquired Norwalk, Ohio and Shadyside, Ohio facilities
(representing 87% and 74% of their work forces, respectively).
Although, we have no operating history with these work forces or
prior relationship with the unions which represent them,
Mayflower has not experienced any material strikes, lockouts or
work stoppages at these facilities in the last three years.
As the result of the MWC acquisition, our number of employees
increased by approximately 1,800, of whom approximately 6% are
salaried and the balance are hourly. With the MWC acquisition,
we added approximately 1,300 employees in a Mexico facility, who
are unionized under the Confederación de Trabajadores de
Mexico union in Mexico. Although we have no operating
history with this work force or prior relationship with the
union that represents them, MWC has not experienced any material
strikes, lockouts or work stoppages at these facilities in the
last three years. The remainder of employees added with the MWC
acquisition are not unionized. Overall we consider our
relationship with our employees to be satisfactory.
Backlog
We do not generally obtain long-term, firm purchase orders from
our customers. Rather, our customers typically place annual
blanket purchase orders, but these orders do not obligate them
to purchase any specific or minimum amount of products from us
until a release is issued by the customer under the blanket
purchase order. Releases are typically placed within 30 to
90 days of required delivery and may be canceled at any
time, in which case the customer would be liable for work in
process and finished goods. We do not believe that our backlog
of expected product sales covered by firm purchase orders is a
meaningful indicator of future sales since orders may be
rescheduled or canceled.
80
Properties
Our corporate office is located in New Albany, Ohio. Several of
our manufacturing facilities are located near our OEM customers
to reduce our distribution costs, reduce risk of interruptions
in our delivery schedule, further improve customer service and
provide our customers with reliable delivery of stock and custom
requirements even under condensed time constraints. The
following table provides selected information regarding our
principal facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate | |
|
|
Location |
|
Products Produced |
|
Square Footage | |
|
Ownership Interest | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
Norwalk, Ohio(1)
|
|
Cab, Sleeper Box, Interior Trim Assembly and Ford GT Assembly |
|
|
303,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Owned |
|
Vonore, Tennessee (2 facilities)
|
|
Seats, Mirrors |
|
|
245,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Owned/Leased |
|
Shadyside, Ohio(1)
|
|
Stamping of Steel and Aluminum Structural and Exposed Stamped
Components |
|
|
225,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Owned |
|
Northampton, England
|
|
Seats (office and commercial vehicle) |
|
|
210,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Kings Mountain, North Carolina(1)
|
|
Cab, Sleeper Box, Interior Trim Assembly |
|
|
180,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Owned |
|
Statesville, North Carolina (2 facilities)
|
|
Interior Trim, Seats |
|
|
163,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Seattle, Washington
|
|
RIM Process, Interior Trim, Seats |
|
|
156,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Owned |
|
Michigan City, Indiana
|
|
Wipers, Switches |
|
|
87,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Dublin, Virginia
|
|
Interior Trim, Seats |
|
|
79,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Owned |
|
Denton, Texas(3)
|
|
Interior Trim, Seats |
|
|
69,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Vancouver, Washington (2 facilities)
|
|
Interior Trim |
|
|
63,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Chillicothe, Ohio
|
|
Interior Trim, Dash Assembly |
|
|
62,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Owned |
|
Shanghai, China
|
|
Seats |
|
|
50,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Bellaire, Ohio(1)
|
|
Warehouse Facility |
|
|
40,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Norwalk, Ohio(1)
|
|
Warehouse Facility |
|
|
34,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
New Albany, Ohio
|
|
Corporate Headquarters |
|
|
8,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Tacoma, Washington
|
|
Injection Molding |
|
|
25,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Plain City, Ohio
|
|
R&D, Lab |
|
|
8,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Seneffs (Brussels), Belgium
|
|
Seat Assembly |
|
|
35,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Brisbane (HQ), Australia
|
|
Seat Assembly |
|
|
50,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Farmington Hills, Michigan(1)
|
|
R&D, Lab |
|
|
25,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Sodentalje (Stockholm), Sweden
|
|
Seat Assembly |
|
|
12,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Dublin, Ohio
|
|
Administration |
|
|
14,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Naperville, Illinois(2)
|
|
Administration |
|
|
2,550 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Agua Prieta, Mexico (3 facilities)(2)
|
|
Wire Harness Assembly |
|
|
116,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Douglas, Arizona(2)
|
|
Warehouse Facility |
|
|
11,700 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Monona, Iowa(2)
|
|
Wire Harness/ Panel Assembly |
|
|
62,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Owned |
|
Edgewood, Iowa(2)
|
|
Wire Harness/ Assembly |
|
|
18,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate | |
|
|
Location |
|
Products Produced |
|
Square Footage | |
|
Ownership Interest | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
Spring Green, Wisconsin(2)
|
|
Wire Harness/ Panel Assembly |
|
|
38,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Livingston, Wisconsin(2)
|
|
Wire Harness/ Panel Assembly |
|
|
22,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Redgranite, Wisconsin(2)
|
|
Wire Harness Engineering Support |
|
|
2,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
Dekalb, Illinois(2)
|
|
Cab Assembly |
|
|
60,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Leased |
|
|
|
(1) |
This facility or lease was acquired through the Mayflower
acquisition as described herein. |
|
(2) |
This facility or lease was acquired through the MWC acquisition
as described herein. |
|
(3) |
This facility is currently dormant. |
We also have leased sales and service offices located in
Australia and France.
Utilization of our facilities varies with North American and
European commercial vehicle production and general economic
conditions in such regions. All locations are principally used
for manufacturing, except for our New Albany and Dublin, Ohio
and Naperville, Illinois corporate and administrative offices,
our Plain City, Ohio, Farmington Hills, Michigan and Redgranite,
Wisconsin research, development and engineering facilities and
our leased warehouse facilities in Douglas, Arizona and Bellaire
and Norwalk, Ohio.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are involved in various disputes and
litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of
business. We do not have any material litigation at this time.
Environmental Matters
We are subject to foreign, federal, state, and local laws and
regulations governing the protection of the environment and
occupational health and safety, including laws regulating air
emissions, wastewater discharges, the generation, storage,
handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the
emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the soil,
ground or air; and the health and safety of our colleagues. We
are also required to obtain permits from governmental
authorities for certain of our operations. Although we strive to
comply with all applicable environmental, health, and safety
requirements, we cannot assure you that we are, or have been, in
complete compliance with such requirements. If we violate or
fail to comply with environmental laws, regulations or permits,
we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In some
instances, such a fine or sanction could have a material adverse
effect on us.
Several of our facilities are either certified as, or are in the
process of being certified as, ISO 14000 (the international
environmental management standard) compliant or are developing
similar environmental management systems. Although we have made,
and will continue to make, capital expenditures to implement
such environmental programs and comply with environmental
requirements, we do not expect to make material capital
expenditures for environmental controls in 2005 or 2006. The
environmental laws to which we are subject have become more
stringent over time, however, and we could incur material costs
or expenses in the future to comply with environmental laws. For
example, our Northampton, U.K. facility will likely be required
to obtain an Integrated Pollution Prevention Control
(IPPC) permit prior to 2007. That permit will
require that we use best available techniques at the facility to
minimize pollution. Although the requirements of the permit are
not yet known, because the facility is already operating under
an integrated pollution control permit, we do not expect to have
to make material capital expenditures to obtain or comply with
the IPPC permit.
Certain of our operations generate hazardous substances and
wastes. If a release of such substances or wastes occurs at or
from our properties, or at or from any offsite disposal location
to which substances or wastes from our current or former
operations were taken, or if contamination is discovered at any
of our
82
current or former properties, we may be held liable for the
costs of cleanup and for any other response by governmental
authorities or private parties, together with any associated
fines, penalties or damages. In most jurisdictions, this
liability would arise whether or not we had complied with
environmental laws governing the handling of hazardous
substances or wastes.
In connection with the Mayflower and MWC acquisitions, we
obtained indemnities for certain environmental liabilities
relating to the acquired and leased facilities, subject to
certain limitations. However, we cannot assure you that the
sellers will be able to satisfy all of their obligations under
these indemnities or that these indemnities will cover all
environmental liabilities that might arise.
Government Regulation
The products we manufacture and supply to commercial vehicle
OEMs are not subject to significant government regulation. Our
business, however, is indirectly impacted by the extensive
governmental regulation applicable to commercial vehicle OEMs.
These regulations primarily relate to safety, emissions and
noise standards imposed by the EPA, state regulatory agencies,
such as the California Air Resources Board (CARB), and other
regulatory agencies around the world. Commercial vehicle OEMs
are also subject to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle
Safety Act and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
promulgated by the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration.
Changes in emission standards and other governmental regulations
impact the demand for commercial vehicles and, as a result,
indirectly impact our operations. For example, new emission
standards governing heavy-duty diesel engines that went into
effect in the United States on October 1, 2002 resulted in
significant purchases of new trucks by fleet operators prior to
such date and reduced short term demand for such trucks in
periods following such date. New emission standards for engines
used in Class 5 to 8 trucks imposed by the EPA and CARB are
scheduled to come into effect during 2007.
83
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to our current directors and executive officers (ages as of
September 30, 2005).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Principal Position(s) |
|
|
| |
|
|
Scott D. Rued
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Chairman and Director |
Mervin Dunn
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Gerald L. Armstrong
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
President CVG Americas |
Gordon Boyd
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
President CVG International |
James F. Williams
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
Vice President of Human Resources |
Chad M. Utrup
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer |
S.A. Johnson
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
Director |
David R. Bovee
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
Director |
Richard A. Snell
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
Director |
Scott C. Arves
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Director |
Robert C. Griffin
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Director |
The following biographies describe the business experience of
our directors and executive officers.
Scott D. Rued has served as a Director since February
2001 and Chairman since April 2002. Since September 2003,
Mr. Rued has served as a Managing Partner of Thayer Capital
Partners (Thayer). Prior to joining Thayer,
Mr. Rued served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Hidden Creek from May 2000 to August 2003. From January 1994
through April 2000, Mr. Rued served as Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Hidden Creek.
Mr. Rued is presently the Chairman and a Director of Dura
Automotive Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of driver control
systems, window systems and door systems for the global
automotive industry.
Mervin Dunn has served as our President and Chief
Executive Officer since June 2002, and prior thereto served as
the President of Trim Systems, commencing upon his joining us in
October 1999. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Dunn served as the
President and Chief Executive Officer of Bliss Technologies, a
heavy metal stamping company. From 1988 to 1998, Mr. Dunn
served in a number of key leadership roles at Arvin Industries,
including Vice President of Operating Systems (Arvin North
America), Vice President of Quality, and President of Arvin Ride
Control. From 1985 to 1988, Mr. Dunn held several key
management positions in engineering and quality assurance at
Johnson Controls Automotive Group, an automotive trim company,
including Division Quality Manager. From 1980 to 1985,
Mr. Dunn served in a number of management positions for
engineering and quality departments of Hyster Corporation, a
manufacturer of heavy lift trucks.
Gerald L. Armstrong has served as the
President CVG Americas since April 2004. From July
2002 to April 2004, Mr. Armstrong served as Vice President
and General Manager of National Seating and KAB North America.
Prior to joining us, Mr. Armstrong served from 1995 to 2000
and from 2000 to July 2002 as Vice President and General
Manager, respectively, of Gabriel Ride Control Products, a
manufacturer of shock absorbers and related ride control
products for the automotive and light truck markets, and a
wholly owned subsidiary of ArvinMeritor Inc. Mr. Armstrong
began his service with ArvinMeritor Inc., a manufacturer of
automotive and commercial vehicle components, modules and
systems in 1987, and served in various positions of increasing
responsibility within its light vehicle original equipment and
aftermarket divisions before starting at Gabriel Ride Control
Products. Prior to 1987, Mr. Armstrong held various
positions of increasing responsibility including Quality
Engineer and Senior Quality Supervisor and Quality Manager with
Schlumberger Industries and Hyster Corporation.
84
Gordon Boyd has served as President CVG
International since June 2005 and prior thereto served as
our President Mayflower Vehicle Systems from the
time we completed the acquisition of Mayflower in February 2005.
Mr. Boyd joined Mayflower Vehicle Systems U.K. as
Manufacturing Director in 1993. In 2002, Mr. Boyd became
President and Chief Executive Officer of MVS, Inc.
James F. Williams has served as the Vice President of
Human Resources since August 1999. Prior to joining us,
Mr. Williams served as Corporate Vice President of Human
Resources and Administration for SPECO Corporation from January
1996 to August 1999. From April 1984 to January 1996,
Mr. Williams served in various key human resource
management positions in General Electrics Turbine,
Lighting and Semi Conductor business. In addition,
Mr. Williams served as Manager of Labor Relations and
Personnel Services at Mack Trucks Allentown Corporate
location from 1976 to 1984.
Chad M. Utrup has served as the Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer since January 2003, and prior thereto served
as the Vice President of Finance at Trim Systems since 2000.
Prior to joining us in February 1998, Mr. Utrup served as a
project management group member at Electronic Data Systems.
While with Electronic Data Systems, Mr. Utrups
responsibilities included financial support and implementing
cost recovery and efficiency programs at various Delphi
Automotive Systems support locations.
Sankey A. (Tony) Johnson has served as a
Director since September 2000. Mr. Johnson served as the
Chairman of Hidden Creek from May 2001 to May 2004 and from 1989
to May 2001 was its Chief Executive Officer and President. Prior
to forming Hidden Creek, Mr. Johnson served from 1985 to
1989 as Chief Operating Officer of Pentair, Inc., a diversified
industrial company. Mr. Johnson is also Chairman and
Director of Tower Automotive, Inc., and a Director of J.L.
French Automotive Castings, Inc.
David R. Bovee has served as a Director since October
2004. Mr. Bovee has served as Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Dura Automotive Systems, Inc.
(Dura) from January 2001 to March 2005 and from
November 1990 to May 1997. From May 1997 until January 2001,
Mr. Bovee served as Vice President of Business Development
for Dura. Mr. Bovee also served as Duras Assistant
Secretary. Prior to joining Dura, Mr. Bovee served as Vice
President at Wickes Manufacturing Company in its Automotive
Group from 1987 to 1990.
Richard A. Snell has served as a Director since August
2004. Mr. Snell has served as an Operating Partner at
Thayer Capital Partners since 2003. Prior to joining Thayer,
Mr. Snell was a consultant from 2000 to 2003 and prior
thereto, served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Federal-Mogul Corporation, an automotive parts manufacturer,
from 1996 to 2000. In October 2001, when Mr. Snell was no
longer affiliated with that company, Federal Mogul Corporation
filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under the federal
bankruptcy laws. Prior to joining Federal-Mogul Corporation,
Mr. Snell served as Chief Executive Officer at Tenneco
Automotive, also an automotive parts manufacturer.
Mr. Snell currently serves on the board of Schneider
National, Inc.
Scott C. Arves has served as a Director since July 2005.
Mr. Arves has served since 1979 in positions of increasing
responsibility with Schneider National, Inc., a provider of
transportation, logistics and related services, including most
recently as its President of Transportation since May 2000.
Robert C. Griffin has served as a Director since July
2005. Mr. Arves has held numerous positions of
responsibility in the financial sector, including most recently
as Head of Investment Banking, Americas for Barclays
Capital from 2000 to 2002, and prior to that as the Global Head
of Financial Sponsor Coverage for Bank of America Securities
from 1998 to 2002 and Group Executive Vice President of Bank of
America from 1997 to 1998. Mr. Griffin currently serves on
the board of Builders FirstSource, Inc.
Each director is elected to serve until the next annual meeting
of stockholders or until a successor is duly elected and
qualified. Our executive officers are duly elected by the board
to serve until their respective successors are elected and
qualified. There are no family relationships between any of our
directors or executive officers. All of our existing directors
other than Mr. Bovee, Mr. Arves and Mr Griffin
were originally elected pursuant to the terms of an investor
stockholders agreement, which has since been terminated. See
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Investor Stockholders Agreement.
85
Composition of the Board of Directors
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides
for a classified board of directors consisting of three
staggered classes of directors, as nearly equal in number as
possible. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of
directors is elected for a three-year term to succeed the
directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The
terms of the directors expire upon election and qualification of
successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be
held during the years 2006 for the Class II directors, 2007
for the Class III directors and 2008 for the Class I
directors.
The current composition of our board of directors is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
our Class I directors are Scott D. Rued and David R. Bovee; |
|
|
|
our Class II directors are Mervin Dunn and S.A.
Johnson; and |
|
|
|
our Class III directors are Richard A. Snell, Scott C.
Arves and Robert C. Griffin. |
Our amended and restated by-laws provide that the authorized
number of directors, which is seven, may be changed by a
resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of our directors then
in office. Any additional directorships resulting from an
increase in number of directors may only be filled by the
directors and will be distributed among the three classes so
that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of
one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of
directors could have the effect of delaying or preventing
changes in control or changes in our management.
Our board of directors consists of seven members, four of whom
qualify as independent according to the rules and
regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq National Market.
Compensation of Directors
Directors who are not our employees or who are not otherwise
affiliated with us or our principal stockholders receive an
annual retainer of $50,000 and are reimbursed for their
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with board
participation. Compensation arrangements for independent
directors established by our board may be in the form of cash
payments and/or option grants.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board
of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has
one or more executive officers serving on our compensation
committee. No interlocking relationship exists between the board
of directors or the compensation committee of any other company.
See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Management and Advisory
Agreements for a discussion of the relationship between us
and Hidden Creek.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation
committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.
The board may also establish other committees from time to time
to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities.
Audit Committee. Our audit committee is comprised of
Messrs. Arves, Bovee (Chairman), and Griffin, all of whom
are independent, as independence is defined by
Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASD listing standards.
Mr. Bovee has been named as our audit committee
financial expert as such term is defined in
Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. The audit committee is
responsible for: (1) the appointment, compensation,
retention and oversight of the work of the independent auditors
engaged for the purpose of preparing and issuing an audit
report; (2) reviewing the independence of the independent
auditors and taking, or recommending that our board of directors
take, appropriate action to oversee their independence;
(3) approving, in advance, all audit and non-audit services
to be performed by the independent auditors; (4) overseeing
our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits
of our financial statements; (5) establishing procedures
for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received
by us regarding
86
accounting, internal control or auditing matters and the
confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns
regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;
(6) engaging independent counsel and other advisers as the
audit committee deems necessary; (7) determining
compensation of the independent auditors, compensation of
advisors hired by the audit committee and ordinary
administrative expenses; (8) reviewing and assessing the
adequacy of our formal written charter on an annual basis; and
(9) handling such other matters that are specifically
delegated to the audit committee by our board of directors from
time to time. Our board of directors adopted a written charter
for our audit committee, which is posted on our web site.
Deloitte & Touche LLP currently serves as our
independent registered public accounting firm.
Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee is
comprised of Messrs. Arves, Griffin and Snell (Chairman),
all of whom are independent, as independence is defined by
Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASD listing standards. The
compensation committee is responsible for: (1) determining,
or recommending to our board of directors for determination, the
compensation and benefits of all of our executive officers;
(2) reviewing our compensation and benefit plans to ensure
that they meet corporate objectives; (3) administering our
stock plans and other incentive compensation plans; and
(4) such other matters that are specifically delegated to
the compensation committee by our board of directors from time
to time. Our board of directors adopted a written charter for
our compensation committee, which is posted on our web site.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our
nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of
Messrs. Bovee, Griffin (Chairman) and Snell, all of whom
are independent, as independence is defined by
Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASD listing standards. The
nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible
for: (1) selecting, or recommending to our board of
directors for selection, nominees for election to our board of
directors; (2) making recommendations to our board of
directors regarding the size and composition of the board,
committee structure and makeup and retirement procedures
affecting board members; (3) monitoring our performance in
meeting our obligations of fairness in internal and external
matters and our principles of corporate governance; and
(4) such other matters that are specifically delegated to
the nominating and corporate governance committee by our board
of directors from time to time. Our board of directors adopted a
written charter for our nominating and corporate governance
committee, which specifically addresses the nominations process
and is posted on our web site at www.cvgrp.com.
87
Compensation of Executive Officers
The following table sets forth information concerning the
compensation earned for the last two fiscal years by our Chief
Executive Officer and the four other executive officers who were
our most highly compensated executive officers in our last
fiscal year (collectively, the Named Executive
Officers).
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long Term | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation | |
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation ($) | |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Stock Option | |
|
All Other | |
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year | |
|
Salary | |
|
Bonus | |
|
Other(1) | |
|
Awards (Shares) | |
|
Compensation ($)(2) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Mervin Dunn
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
330,000 |
|
|
|
297,442 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
476,664 |
|
|
|
8,000 |
|
|
President and Chief |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
314,995 |
|
|
|
167,872 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,725 |
|
|
Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Donald P. Lorraine(3)
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
250,984 |
|
|
|
164,925 |
(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,133 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
President CVG Europe |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
217,261 |
|
|
|
90,926 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Asia |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gerald L. Armstrong
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
230,000 |
|
|
|
81,532 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
142,973 |
|
|
|
6,479 |
|
|
President CVG Americas |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
170,000 |
|
|
|
31,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,100 |
|
James F. Williams
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
172,000 |
|
|
|
79,137 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,133 |
|
|
|
4,839 |
|
|
Vice President of Human |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
165,007 |
|
|
|
84,270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,475 |
|
|
Resources |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chad M. Utrup
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
158,500 |
|
|
|
75,715 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151,980 |
|
|
|
5,717 |
|
|
Vice President of Finance and |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
151,008 |
|
|
|
74,060 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,265 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Pursuant to applicable SEC regulations, perquisites and other
personal benefits are omitted because they did not exceed the
lesser of either $50,000 or 10% of total annual salary and bonus. |
|
(2) |
Consists of matching payments under one of our 401(k) plans. |
|
(3) |
Amounts paid to Mr. Lorraine for fiscal 2003 have been
translated into United States dollars at a rate of
$1.6532 = £1.00, the average exchange rate during
the year ended December 31, 2003. Amounts paid to
Mr. Lorraine for fiscal 2004 have been translated into
United States dollars at a rate of
$1.8325 = £1.00, the average exchange rate during
the year ended December 31, 2004. |
|
(4) |
Consists of $73,300 paid in cash and $91,625 contributed to
Mr. Lorraines pension plan. |
88
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
The following table sets forth information with respect to the
grants of stock options to each of the Named Executive Officers
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. The
percentage of total options set forth below is based on an
aggregate of 1,509,819 options granted to employees during
fiscal 2004. Potential realizable values are net of exercise
price, but before taxes associated with exercise. Amounts
representing hypothetical gains are those that could be achieved
for the options if exercised at the end of the option term. The
assumed 5% and 10% rates of stock price appreciation are
provided in accordance with SEC rules based on the fair market
value of the stock at the time of option grant, and do not
represent our estimate or projection of the future stock price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individual Grants | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Potential Realizable | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
% of Total | |
|
|
|
Value at Assumed | |
|
|
Shares of | |
|
Options | |
|
|
|
Fair | |
|
|
|
Annual Rates of Stock | |
|
|
Common Stock | |
|
Granted to | |
|
|
|
Market | |
|
|
|
Price Appreciation for | |
|
|
Underlying | |
|
Employees in | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Value on | |
|
|
|
Option Term ($) | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Price Per | |
|
Date of | |
|
Expiration | |
|
| |
|
|
Granted(1) | |
|
2004 | |
|
Share ($) | |
|
Grant ($) | |
|
Date | |
|
5% | |
|
10% | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Mervin Dunn
|
|
|
306,664 |
|
|
|
20.3 |
|
|
|
5.54 |
|
|
|
16.00 |
|
|
|
4/30/14 |
|
|
|
1,068,441 |
|
|
|
2,707,639 |
|
|
|
|
170,000 |
(1) |
|
|
11.3 |
|
|
|
15.84 |
|
|
|
15.84 |
|
|
|
10/20/14 |
|
|
|
1,693,487 |
|
|
|
4,291,630 |
|
Donald P. Lorraine
|
|
|
72,133 |
|
|
|
4.8 |
|
|
|
5.54 |
|
|
|
16.00 |
|
|
|
4/30/14 |
|
|
|
251,317 |
|
|
|
636,886 |
|
|
|
|
30,000 |
(1) |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
15.84 |
|
|
|
15.84 |
|
|
|
10/20/14 |
|
|
|
298,851 |
|
|
|
757,346 |
|
Gerald L. Armstrong
|
|
|
82,973 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
5.54 |
|
|
|
16.00 |
|
|
|
4/30/14 |
|
|
|
289,084 |
|
|
|
732,596 |
|
|
|
|
60,000 |
(1) |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
15.84 |
|
|
|
15.84 |
|
|
|
10/20/14 |
|
|
|
597,701 |
|
|
|
1,514,693 |
|
James F. Williams
|
|
|
72,133 |
|
|
|
4.8 |
|
|
|
5.54 |
|
|
|
16.00 |
|
|
|
4/30/14 |
|
|
|
251,317 |
|
|
|
636,886 |
|
|
|
|
30,000 |
(1) |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
15.84 |
|
|
|
15.84 |
|
|
|
10/20/14 |
|
|
|
298,851 |
|
|
|
757,346 |
|
Chad M. Utrup
|
|
|
91,980 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
5.54 |
|
|
|
16.00 |
|
|
|
4/30/14 |
|
|
|
320,465 |
|
|
|
812,122 |
|
|
|
|
60,000 |
(1) |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
15.84 |
|
|
|
15.84 |
|
|
|
10/20/14 |
|
|
|
597,701 |
|
|
|
1,514,693 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Options vest in three equal annual installments commencing on
the first anniversary of their grant date, October 20, 2004. |
Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End
Option Values
The following table sets forth the number of shares of common
stock subject to options and the value of such options held by
each of the Named Executive Officers as of December 31,
2004. The value of the unexercised options has been calculated
assuming a per share price of $21.83, which was the closing
price of our common stock on December 31, 2004. None of our
Named Executive Officers exercised options during 2004.
Aggregated Option Exercises During Last Fiscal Year
and Fiscal Year End Option Values
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares Underlying | |
|
Value of Unexercised | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised Options at | |
|
In-The-Money Options at | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
|
|
December 31, 2004 | |
|
December 31, 2004 ($) | |
|
|
Acquired on | |
|
Value | |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Exercise | |
|
Realized | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Mervin Dunn
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306,664 |
|
|
|
170,000 |
|
|
|
4,995,557 |
|
|
|
1,018,300 |
|
Donald P. Lorraine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,133 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
1,175,047 |
|
|
|
179,700 |
|
Gerald L. Armstrong
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,973 |
|
|
|
60,000 |
|
|
|
1,351,630 |
|
|
|
359,400 |
|
James F. Williams
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,133 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
1,175,047 |
|
|
|
179,700 |
|
Chad M. Utrup
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,980 |
|
|
|
60,000 |
|
|
|
1,498,354 |
|
|
|
359,400 |
|
89
Change in Control and Non-Competition Agreements
We have agreements with each of our Named Executive Officers
pursuant to which each is entitled to a severance payment equal
to 12 months salary, bonus, medical and outplacement
assistance for a period of one year in the event of termination
without cause following a change of control.
We have also entered into non-competition agreements with
certain of our executive officers pursuant to which each has
agreed not to compete with us during the period in which each is
employed by us and for a two-year period thereafter.
Employment Agreements
We have entered into an employment agreement, dated as of
May 16, 1997, with Donald P. Lorraine, pursuant to which
Mr. Lorraine serves as the President CVG,
Europe and Asia. The employment agreement with Mr. Lorraine
continues until terminated by either party, and will
automatically terminate under certain circumstances. The
employment agreement provides for a base salary that is subject
to annual review and a performance related bonus. If within one
year of a change of control, Mr. Lorraine resigns, his
employment is terminated or there is a material change in his
responsibilities, or if we materially breach the employment
agreement, Mr. Lorraine will be entitled to receive
24 months salary, payable on termination of the
employment agreement, and the value of certain of his benefits
had the employment agreement continued for a further period of
24 months. The employment agreement contains various
customary covenants, relating to confidentiality,
non-competition and non-solicitation.
On March 1, 1993, William Gordon Boyd entered into a
Service Agreement with Motor Panels (Coventry) PLC. This
agreement, which was amended on January 7, 2002 to provide
for Mr. Boyds relocation from the United Kingdom to
the United States, was assumed by us in connection with the
Mayflower acquisition. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Boyd
is entitled to receive a base salary of $469,376 (subject to
annual review) and a bonus. It also provides that Mr. Boyd
is entitled to 25 vacation days a year, reimbursement for the
cost of renting an apartment or house in the United States and
other out of pocket expenses, a country club membership, a
company car and six return flights to the United Kingdom a year
for social purposes. Mr. Boyds employment may be
terminated at any time by either party by giving to the other no
less than 12 months notice. This agreement also contains
customary non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.
2005 Bonus Plan
On February 1, 2005, our compensation committee adopted the
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. 2005 Bonus Plan. Pursuant to its
terms, participants in the plan will be entitled to receive a
bonus for the 2005 fiscal year based upon (1) a bonus
percentage assigned to the participant by the compensation
committee, (2) the achievement of certain company or
business unit performance thresholds and (3) the
satisfaction of operating targets related to the
participants individual responsibilities. Each of our
executive officers is eligible to participate in this plan.
90
Pension Plan
We sponsor a defined benefit plan that covers certain of our
employees in the United Kingdom. The following table illustrates
the approximate annual pension benefits payable under this
pension plan to Mr. Lorraine, one of our Named Executive
Officers. All amounts have been translated into United States
dollars at a rate of $1.8325 = £1.00, the average
exchange rate during the year ended December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Service at Retirement | |
|
|
| |
Compensation |
|
15 | |
|
20 | |
|
25 | |
|
30 | |
|
35 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
$125,000
|
|
|
31,250 |
|
|
|
41,667 |
|
|
|
52,083 |
|
|
|
62,500 |
|
|
|
72,917 |
|
150,000
|
|
|
37,500 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
62,500 |
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
87,500 |
|
175,000
|
|
|
43,750 |
|
|
|
58,333 |
|
|
|
72,917 |
|
|
|
87,500 |
|
|
|
102,083 |
|
200,000
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
66,667 |
|
|
|
83,333 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
116,667 |
|
225,000
|
|
|
56,250 |
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
93,750 |
|
|
|
112,500 |
|
|
|
131,250 |
|
250,000
|
|
|
62,500 |
|
|
|
83,333 |
|
|
|
104,167 |
|
|
|
125,000 |
|
|
|
145,833 |
|
300,000
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
125,000 |
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
175,000 |
|
400,000
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
133,333 |
|
|
|
166,667 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
233,333 |
|
450,000
|
|
|
112,500 |
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
187,500 |
|
|
|
225,000 |
|
|
|
262,500 |
|
500,000
|
|
|
125,000 |
|
|
|
166,667 |
|
|
|
208,333 |
|
|
|
250,000 |
|
|
|
291,667 |
|
Pension benefits are calculated on the basis of one sixtieth of
final pensionable salary for each year of service. The
definition of final pensionable salary is an average of the best
three consecutive salaries in the 10 years prior to
retirement. Benefits shown in the table are computed on a
straight life annuity (with a 10-year certain term) beginning at
age 60 and not subject to any deduction for any other
social security benefits. Mr. Lorraine has 24 years of
credited service under the plan.
Employee Benefit Plans
In connection with our initial public offering, we adopted our
Equity Incentive Plan (the Equity Incentive Plan),
which is designed to enable us to attract, retain and motivate
our directors, officers, employees and consultants, and to
further align their interests with those of our stockholders, by
providing for or increasing their ownership interests in our
company. Effective April 27, 2005, we amended our Equity
Incentive Plan to make certain technical amendments to make it
compliant with Rule 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
Administration. The Equity Incentive Plan is administered
by the compensation committee. Our board may, however, at any
time resolve to administer the Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to
the specific provisions of the Equity Incentive Plan, the
compensation committee is authorized to select persons to
participate in the Equity Incentive Plan, determine the form and
substance of grants made under the Equity Incentive Plan to each
participant, and otherwise make all determinations for the
administration of the Equity Incentive Plan.
Participation. Individuals who are eligible to
participate in the Equity Incentive Plan are our directors
(including non-employee directors), officers (including
non-employee officers) and employees and other individuals
performing services for, or to whom an offer of employment has
been extended by, us or our subsidiaries.
Type of Awards. The Equity Incentive Plan provides for
the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or
SARs, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, dividend
equivalents, other stock-based awards and performance awards.
Performance awards may be based on the achievement of certain
business or personal criteria or goals, as determined by the
compensation committee.
Available Shares. An aggregate of 1,000,000 shares
of our common stock have been reserved for issuance under the
Equity Incentive Plan, subject to certain adjustments reflecting
changes in our capitalization. If any grant under the Equity
Incentive Plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes
unexercisable or is forfeited as to any shares, or is tendered
or withheld as to any shares in payment of the
91
exercise price of the grant or the taxes payable with respect to
the exercise, then such unpurchased, forfeited, tendered or
withheld shares will thereafter be available for further grants
under the Equity Incentive Plan. The Equity Incentive Plan
provides that the compensation committee shall not grant, in any
one calendar year, to any one participant awards to purchase or
acquire a number of shares of common stock in excess of 20% of
the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the
Equity Incentive Plan.
Option Grants. Options granted under the Equity Incentive
Plan may be either incentive stock options within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified
stock options, as the compensation committee may determine. The
exercise price per share for each option is established by the
compensation committee, except that the exercise price may not
be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common
stock as of the date of grant of the option. In the case of the
grant of any incentive stock option to an employee who, at the
time of the grant, owns more than 10% of the total combined
voting power of all of our classes of stock then outstanding,
the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market
value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant of the
option.
Terms of Options. The term during which each option may
be exercised is determined by the compensation committee, but if
required by the Internal Revenue Code and except as otherwise
provided in the Equity Incentive Plan, no option will be
exercisable in whole or in part more than ten years from the
date it is granted, and no incentive stock option granted to an
employee who at the time of the grant owns more than 10% of the
total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock will
be exercisable more than five years from the date it is granted.
All rights to purchase shares pursuant to an option will, unless
sooner terminated, expire at the date designated by the
compensation committee. The compensation committee determines
the date on which each option will become exercisable and may
provide that an option will become exercisable in installments.
The shares constituting each installment may be purchased in
whole or in part at any time after such installment becomes
exercisable, subject to such minimum exercise requirements as
may be designated by the compensation committee. Prior to the
exercise of an option and delivery of the shares represented
thereby, the optionee will have no rights as a stockholder,
including any dividend or voting rights, with respect to any
shares covered by such outstanding option. If required by the
Internal Revenue Code, the aggregate fair market value,
determined as of the grant date, of shares for which an
incentive stock option is exercisable for the first time during
any calendar year under all of our equity incentive plans may
not exceed $100,000.
Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs entitle a participant to
receive the amount by which the fair market value of a share of
our common stock on the date of exercise exceeds the grant price
of the SAR. The grant price and the term of a SAR will be
determined by the compensation committee, except that the price
of a SAR may never be less than the fair market value of the
shares of our common stock subject to the SAR on the date the
SAR is granted.
Termination of Options and SARs. Unless otherwise
determined by the compensation committee, and subject to certain
exemptions and conditions, if a participant ceases to be a
director, officer or employee of, or to otherwise perform
services for us for any reason other than death, disability,
retirement or termination for cause, all of the
participants options and SARs that were exercisable on the
date of such cessation will remain exercisable for, and will
otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 90 days
after the date of such cessation. In the case of death or
disability, all of the participants options and SARs that
were exercisable on the date of such death or disability will
remain so for a period of 180 days from the date of such
death or disability. In the case of retirement, all of the
participants options and SARs that were exercisable on the
date of retirement will remain exercisable for, and shall
otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 90 days
after the date of retirement. In the case of a termination for
cause, or if a participant does not become a director, officer
or employee of, or does not begin performing other services for
us for any reason, all of the participants options and
SARs will expire and be forfeited immediately upon such
cessation or non-commencement, whether or not then exercisable.
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock is a grant of shares
of our common stock that may not be sold or disposed of, and
that may be forfeited in the event of certain terminations of
employment, prior to the end
92
of a restricted period set by the compensation committee. A
participant granted restricted stock generally has all of the
rights of a stockholder, unless the compensation committee
determines otherwise.
Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units. The
compensation committee is authorized to grant restricted stock
units. Each grant shall specify the applicable restrictions on
such units and the duration of such restrictions. Restricted
stock units are subject to forfeiture in the event of certain
terminations of employment prior to the end of the restricted
period. A participant may elect, under certain circumstances, to
defer the receipt of all or a portion of the shares due with
respect to the vesting of restricted stock units, and upon such
deferral, the restricted stock units will be converted to
deferred stock units. Deferral periods shall be no less than one
year after the vesting date of the applicable restricted stock
units. Deferred stock units are subject to forfeiture in the
event of certain terminations of employment prior to the end of
the deferral period. A holder of restricted stock units or
deferred stock units does not have any rights as a shareholder
except that the participant has the right to receive accumulated
dividends or distributions with respect to the shares underlying
such restricted stock units or deferred stock units.
Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents confer the
right to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, cash, shares
of our common stock, other awards or other property equal in
value to dividends paid on a specific number of shares of our
common stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted alone or in
connection with another award, and may be paid currently or on a
deferred basis. If deferred, dividend equivalents may be deemed
to have been reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.
Other Stock-Based Awards. The compensation committee is
authorized to grant other awards that are denominated or payable
in, valued by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to
shares of our common stock, under the Equity Incentive Plan.
These awards may include convertible or exchangeable debt
securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares
of common stock, purchase rights for shares of common stock,
awards with value and payment contingent upon our performance as
a company or any other factors designated by the compensation
committee. The compensation committee will determine the terms
and conditions of these awards.
Performance Awards. The compensation committee may
subject a participants right to exercise or receive a
grant or settlement of an award, and the timing of the grant or
settlement, to performance conditions specified by the
compensation committee. Performance awards may be granted under
the Equity Incentive Plan in a manner that results in their
qualifying as performance-based compensation exempt from the
limitation on tax deductibility under Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code for compensation in excess of $1,000,000
paid to our chief executive officer and our four highest
compensated officers. The compensation committee will determine
performance award terms, including the required levels of
performance with respect to particular business criteria, the
corresponding amounts payable upon achievement of those levels
of performance, termination and forfeiture provisions and the
form of settlement. In granting performance awards, the
compensation committee may establish unfunded award
pools, the amounts of which will be based upon the
achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more
business criteria. Business criteria might include, for example,
total stockholder return, net income, pretax earnings, EBITDA,
earnings per share, or return on investment. A performance award
will be paid no later than two and one-half months after the
last day of the tax year in which a performance period is
completed.
Amendment of Outstanding Awards and Amendment/ Termination of
Plan. The board of directors or the compensation committee
generally have the power and authority to amend or terminate the
Equity Incentive Plan at any time without approval from our
stockholders. The compensation committee generally has the
authority to amend the terms of any outstanding award under the
plan, including, without limitation, to accelerate the dates on
which awards become exercisable or vest, at any time without
approval from our stockholders. No amendment will become
effective without the prior approval of our stockholders if
stockholder approval would be required by applicable law or
regulations, including if required for continued compliance with
the performance-based compensation exception of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, under
provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or
by any listing requirement of the principal stock exchange on
which our common stock is then listed. Unless previously
terminated by the board or the committee, the Equity Incentive
Plan will terminate on the
93
tenth anniversary of its adoption. No termination of the Equity
Incentive Plan will materially and adversely affect any of the
rights or obligations of any person, without his or her written
consent, under any grant of options or other incentives
theretofore granted under the Equity Incentive Plan.
On October 20, 2004, options to purchase an aggregate of
598,950 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of
$15.84 per share were awarded by the compensation committee
under the Equity Incentive Plan. These options, which expire on
October 20, 2014, vest annually in three approximately
equal installments starting upon the first anniversary of their
issuance. Of the awards granted, options to
purchase 350,000 shares of our common stock were
issued to our directors and executive officers.
On November 30, 2005, 168,700 shares of restricted stock
were awarded by the compensation committee under the Equity
Incentive Plan. The restricted shares vest in three equal annual
installments commencing on October 20, 2006. Of the awards
granted, 97,000 restricted shares were issued to our
directors and executive officers.
|
|
|
Management Stock Option Plan |
On May 20, 2004, our board of directors approved our
Management Stock Option Plan, which authorizes the grant of
nonqualified stock options to our executives and other key
employees. Awards to purchase an aggregate of
910,869 shares of our common stock were granted on
May 20, 2004, at an exercise price of $5.54 per share,
to 16 members of our management team (after giving effect to the
reclassification and stock split). As modified, such options
have a ten-year term, with 100% of such options being currently
exercisable. Awards were granted to a participant pursuant to an
agreement entered into between us and such person. The
provisions of these agreements set forth the types of awards
being granted, the total number of shares of common stock
subject to the award, the price, the periods during which such
award may be exercised and other terms, provisions and
limitations approved by our board of directors or its designated
committee. We do not intend to issue any additional options
under this plan. Members of our management team exercised
options issued under this plan to purchase 217,704 shares
of our common stock in connection with the equity offering. The
shares issued upon exercise of such options were sold as part of
the 6,308,191 shares sold by the stockholders selling
shares in such offering.
|
|
|
Other Outstanding Options |
In connection with our merger with Trim Systems, options to
purchase 15,000 shares of Trim Systems, Inc.s
common stock at an exercise price of $36.40 per share were
converted into options to purchase 57,902 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price of $9.43 per share.
We sponsor various tax-qualified employee savings and retirement
plans, or 401(k) plans, that cover most employees who satisfy
certain eligibility requirements relating to minimum age and
length of service. Under the 401(k) plans, eligible employees
may elect to contribute a minimum of 1% of their annual
compensation, up to a maximum amount equal to the lesser of 6%
of their annual compensation or the statutorily prescribed
annual limit. We may also elect to make a matching contribution
to the 401(k) plan in an amount equal to a discretionary
percentage of the employee contributions, subject to certain
statutory limitations. We announce annually the amount of funds
which we will match. Our expenses related to these plans
amounted to approximately $463,000, $291,000 and $380,000 in
2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Limitation on
Liability
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest
extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and
except as otherwise provided in our by-laws, none of our
directors shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary
damages for a breach of fiduciary duty. In addition, our
certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of any
person who was or is made, or threatened to be made, a party to
any action, suit or other proceeding, whether criminal, civil,
administrative or investigative, because of his or her status as
a director or officer of CVG, or service as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise at our request to the
94
fullest extent authorized under the Delaware General Corporation
Law against all expenses, liabilities and losses reasonably
incurred by such person. Further, our certificate of
incorporation provides that we may purchase and maintain
insurance on our own behalf and on behalf of any other person
who is or was a director, officer or agent of CVG or was serving
at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Relationships Among Certain Stockholders and Directors
Mr. S.A. Johnson, who currently serves as a member of our
board of directors, served as the Chairman of Hidden Creek from
May 2001 to May 2004 and as its Chief Executive Officer from
1989 to May 2001. Hidden Creek is a private industrial
management company that is a partnership controlled by Onex and
is based in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Mr. Scott D. Rued, our
current Chairman, served as an executive officer of Hidden Creek
from June 1989 through August 2003. Both Mr. Johnson and
Mr. Rued are stockholders in a corporation that is the
general partner of Hidden Creek. Former principals of Hidden
Creek have formed Hidden Creek Partners LLC (HCP),
and that entity entered into an advisory agreement with us on
January 1, 2005. See Management and
Advisory Agreements. Onex has no equity interest in HCP.
Two of our former directors, Mr. Daniel F. Moorse and
Ms. Judith A. Vijums were also executive officers of Hidden
Creek. In addition, Messrs. Kenneth W. Hager, David J. Huls
and Carl E. Nelson, were also executive officers of Hidden
Creek. Messrs. Rued, Johnson, Nelson, Hager, Huls and
Moorse and Ms. Vijums were all general partners in J2R
Partners VI (other than Mr. Hager) and J2R
Partners VII and Messrs. Rued, Johnson, Nelson and
Huls and Ms. Vijums were general partners of J2R
Partners II. These three partnerships invested along with
Onex in the acquisitions of Trim Systems, CVS, National and KAB
Seating. In connection with the completion of our initial public
offering, these partnerships wound up and distributed the shares
of common stock they held to their respective partners.
Trim Systems Merger
On August 2, 2004, we merged one of our wholly owned
subsidiaries with and into Trim Systems. Prior to the merger,
Trim Systems was owned by certain of our current and former
directors, officers and principal stockholders. Pursuant to the
merger, the former stockholders of Trim Systems received an
aggregate of 2,769,567 shares of our common stock in
exchange for their shares of Trim Systems. Certain of our
current and former directors, officers and principal
stockholders and other affiliated entities were issued shares in
this merger as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
No. of Shares | |
|
|
| |
Onex and affiliates
|
|
|
2,449,329 |
|
J2R Partners II
|
|
|
217,131 |
|
Mervin Dunn
|
|
|
3,302 |
|
Chad M. Utrup
|
|
|
1,851 |
|
James F. Williams
|
|
|
1,321 |
|
Daniel F. Moorse
|
|
|
2,121 |
|
Scott D. Rued
|
|
|
8,100 |
|
Judith A. Vijums
|
|
|
2,700 |
|
95
CVS Merger
On March 28, 2003, we merged one of our wholly owned
subsidiaries into CVS. Pursuant to the merger, the former
stockholders of CVS received our shares on a one-for-one basis
resulting in the issuance of an aggregate of
4,870,288 shares of our common stock. Certain of our
current and former directors, officers and principal
stockholders and other affiliated entities were issued shares in
this merger as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
No. of Shares | |
|
|
| |
Scott D. Rued
|
|
|
13,647 |
|
S.A. Johnson
|
|
|
45,491 |
|
Judith A. Vijums
|
|
|
2,843 |
|
Daniel F. Moorse
|
|
|
2,843 |
|
Hidden Creek
|
|
|
17,062 |
|
Onex and affiliates
|
|
|
1,949,550 |
|
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates
|
|
|
1,097,519 |
|
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.
|
|
|
722,074 |
|
J2R Partners VI
|
|
|
951,302 |
|
Investor Stockholders Agreement
Certain of our stockholders, including certain of our current
and former principal stockholders, are party to an investor
stockholders agreement. This agreement provided that our board
of directors would be comprised of: (1) two representatives
designated by Hidden Creek, (2) one representative
designated by Onex, (3) one representative designated by
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates and
(4) one representative designated by Norwest Equity
Partners VII L.P. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement,
each of the parties agreed to vote their common stock as
directed by J2R Partners VII on the designation of director
representatives, the election of directors and on all other
matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The voting
provisions of this agreement automatically terminated in
connection with our initial public offering.
This agreement also generally restricts the transfer of any
shares of common stock held by the parties to the agreement by
granting certain parties thereto rights of first offer and
participation rights in connection with any proposed transfer by
any other party, with certain exceptions. In connection with our
merger with Trim Systems, substantially all of the prior
non-management stockholders of Trim Systems were added as
parties to this agreement. This agreement was terminated on
October 3, 2005.
Management Stockholders Agreement
In connection with our merger with Trim Systems, we entered into
a management stockholders agreement with Onex and certain
members of Trim Systems management. Pursuant to this
agreement each management stockholder agreed that, in the event
he shall receive an offer to purchase his stock from another
management stockholder or a CVG employee (either of whom must be
approved by our board of directors), CVG (or at CVGs
option, Onex and the other management stockholders) shall have a
right of first refusal with respect to the stock to be sold.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a management stockholder may,
after the expiration of any relevant lock-up periods, sell up to
5% of his stock in the public market during any 90-day period,
up to a maximum of one-third of the stock acquired by such
management stockholder prior to such date, subject to a right of
first refusal in favor of CVG, Onex and the other management
stockholders.
The agreement further provides, that in the event a management
stockholder ceases to be employed fulltime by CVG for any
reason, such management stockholder shall be entitled to sell
his stock in the public market; provided that, in the event such
management stockholders employment had terminated due
96
to: (1) retirement, he could sell no more than 75% of his
stock during the first year; (2) death or disability, he
could sell without restriction; and (3) in all other cases,
he could sell no more than 50% of his stock in first year.
In the event our board of directors approves a sale of the
Company (other than a public offering of common stock), the
parties have agreed that the management stockholders shall have
a right to participate in the sale pro rata and that the Company
may require each management stockholder to sell his stock to the
proposed purchaser. The agreement also provides that in the
event we propose to conduct a public offering, the management
stockholders shall have the right, subject to certain
exceptions and limitations, to include their stock in such
offering.
The management stockholders have also agreed to vote their
common stock as directed by Onex on the designation of director
representatives, the election of directors and on all other
matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, and have granted,
to the extent permitted by law, the person who is at any time
the President of Onex a proxy to vote their common stock, with
certain exceptions. The terms of this agreement govern all
common stock owned or later acquired by the management
stockholders other than shares purchased in the open market.
This agreement was terminated on October 3, 2005.
Registration Agreement
Certain of our existing stockholders, including certain of our
current and former principal stockholders, are party to a
registration agreement. This agreement conferred upon the Onex
and certain of its affiliates as the holders of the majority of
the shares of our common stock subject to the agreement, the
right to request up to five registrations of all or any part of
their common stock on Form S-1 or any similar long-form
registration statement or, if available, an unlimited number of
registrations on Form S-2 or S-3 or any similar short-form
registration statement, each at our expense. This agreement also
conferred upon Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its
affiliated investors and/or Norwest Equity Partners VII,
L.P. the right to request an unlimited number of registrations
of all or any part of their common stock on Form S-1 or any
similar long-form registration statement or, if available, on
Form S-2 or S-3 or any similar short-form registration
statement, each at our expense, until such time as such
stockholders shall hold less than 10% of the shares of our stock
that they held as of October 5, 2000. Onex and its
affiliates and Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its
affiliated investors sold all of their shares in connection with
the equity offering and consequently no longer have demand
registration rights under this agreement. Norwest Equity
Partners VII L.P. owns 28% of the shares of common stock it held
as of October 5, 2000.
In the event that a demand registration request is made pursuant
to this agreement, all other parties to the registration
agreement will be entitled to participate in such registration,
subject to certain limitations. The registration agreement also
grants to the parties thereto piggyback registration rights with
respect to all other registrations by us and provides that we
will pay all expenses related to such piggyback registrations.
Management and Advisory Agreements
On October 5, 2000, we entered into a management agreement
with Hidden Creek, which was amended and restated on
March 28, 2003 in connection with the CVS merger. Trim
Systems had a similar management agreement with Hidden Creek
which terminated in accordance with its terms upon our merger
with Trim Systems. On January 1, 2005, HCP entered into an
advisory agreement with us, which replaced the management
agreement with Hidden Creek. Pursuant to the advisory agreement
with HCP, HCP agreed to assist in financing activities,
strategic initiatives, and acquisitions in exchange for an
annual fee of $250,000 (subject to annual increases based on
changes in the consumer price index). In addition, we also
agreed to pay HCP a transaction fee as compensation for services
rendered in transactions that we may enter into from time to
time, in an amount to be negotiated between HCP and our Chief
Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer and approved by our
Board of Directors. In the aggregate, Hidden Creek received
$1.1 million, $1.6 million and $1.0 million for
services rendered under these agreements and related expenses in
2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
97
Transactions with Significant Stockholders
On September 30, 2002, we borrowed an aggregate of
$2.5 million through the issuance of subordinated
promissory notes to certain of our current and former principal
stockholders and affiliated entities as follows: Hidden
Creek $1,507,407, Norwest Equity Partners VII
L.P. $622,222, Baird Capital Partners III L.P.
and its affiliates $370,371. These notes bore
interest at a rate of 12% per annum and had a maturity date
of September 30, 2006. Interest on the notes was payable in
kind on a monthly basis.
On June 28, 2001, Trim Systems Operating Corp. borrowed an
aggregate of $7.0 million through the issuance of two
promissory notes, one to an affiliate of Onex, for
$6.85 million and the other to J2R Partners II-B, LLC,
an affiliate of J2R Partners VI and J2R Partners VII, for
$0.15 million. Each note bore interest, payable monthly, at
a rate of prime plus 1.25% and had a maturity date of
June 28, 2006.
On June 28, 2001, Trim Systems entered into an assignment
and waiver agreement with the lenders under its senior credit
facility whereby an affiliate of Onex and an affiliate of J2R
Partners VI and J2R Partners VII purchased, collectively, a
one-third interest in its senior credit facility.
We used all of the net proceeds from our initial public offering
to repay all of our then outstanding subordinated indebtedness
and a significant portion of then outstanding senior
indebtedness. The table below sets forth the amounts that were
paid to certain of our current and former principal stockholders
or their affiliates upon the repayment of this indebtedness:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholder |
|
Amount | |
|
|
| |
Onex affiliates
|
|
$ |
20,115,772 |
|
Hidden Creek
|
|
|
1,857,728 |
|
J2R Partners affiliates
|
|
|
499,555 |
|
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates
|
|
|
456,445 |
|
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.
|
|
|
766,826 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
23,696,326 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other Affiliate Transactions
On May 1, 2004, we entered into a Product Sourcing
Assistance Agreement with Baird Asia Limited, an affiliate of
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. Pursuant to the agreement,
Baird Asia Limited will assist us in procuring materials and
parts from Asia, including the countries of China, Malaysia,
Hong Kong and Taiwan. Baird Asia Limited will receive as
compensation a percentage of the price of the materials and
parts supplied to us, of at least 2% of the price but not
exceeding 10% of the price, to be determined on a case-by-case
basis. During 2004, we made payments of approximately $234,000
to Baird Asia Limited under this agreement. Of this amount
approximately $7,000 was retained by Baird Asia Limited as its
commission under the Product Sourcing Assistance Agreement.
98
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
Our authorized capital stock consists of 30,000,000 shares
of common stock, par value $.01 per share, and
5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value
$.01 per shares. As of October 31, 2005, there were
20,946,490 shares of common stock issued and outstanding
and zero shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding. The
table below sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of October 31,
2005 by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person or entity known by us to beneficially own five
percent or more of a class of our voting common stock; |
|
|
|
each director and named executive officer; and |
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group. |
Unless otherwise stated, each of the persons named in the table
has sole voting and investment power with respect to the
securities beneficially owned by it, him or her as set forth
opposite their name. Beneficial ownership of the common stock
listed in the table has been determined in accordance with the
applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned | |
|
|
| |
5% Stockholders |
|
Number | |
|
Percentage | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
RS Investment Management Co. LLC (1)
|
|
|
2,142,700 |
|
|
|
10.2 |
% |
Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC(2)
|
|
|
1,519,803 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC(3)
|
|
|
1,139,250 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
Alliance Entities(4)
|
|
|
1,052,908 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive Officers and Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mervin Dunn(5)
|
|
|
273,643 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
Donald P. Lorraine(6)
|
|
|
60,493 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Gerald L. Armstrong(7)
|
|
|
78,081 |
|
|
|
* |
|
James F. Williams(8)
|
|
|
83,454 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Chad M. Utrup(9)
|
|
|
85,682 |
|
|
|
* |
|
David R. Bovee
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
* |
|
S.A. Johnson
|
|
|
74,392 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Scott D. Rued(10)
|
|
|
106,479 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Richard A. Snell(11)
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Scott C. Arves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert C. Griffin
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
* |
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)
|
|
|
710,131 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
* |
Denotes less than one percent. |
|
(1) |
Information is based on a Schedule 13G as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on July 8, 2005. RS
Investment Management Co. LLC is the general partner of RS
Investment Management, L.P. RS Investment Management, L.P. is a
registered investment adviser, managing member of registered
investment advisers, and the investment adviser to RS Partners
Fund, a registered investment company which owns more than five
percent of our common stock. George R. Hecht is a control person
of RS Investment Management Co. LLC and RS Investment
Management, L.P. The address of RS Investment Management Co.
LLC, RS Investment Management, L.P. and RS Partners Fund is 388
Market Street, Suite 1700, San Francisco, California
94111. |
|
(2) |
Information reported is based on a Schedule 13G as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2,
2005. The address for Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC is
90 Hudson Street, Jersey City, New Jersey 07302. |
99
|
|
(3) |
Information reported is based on a Schedule 13G as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 22,
2005. The address for Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC is 520
Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022. |
|
(4) |
Information reported is based on a Schedule 13G as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14,
2005. The Alliance Entities are comprised of AXA Financial,
Inc., which is owned by AXA, which in turn is under the group
control of AXA Assurances I.A.R.D. Mutuelle, AXA Assurances Vie
Mutuelle and AXA Courtage Assurance Mutuelle. The address for
AXA Assurances I.A.R.D. Mutuelle, AXA Assurances Vie Mutuelle
and AXA Courtage Assurances Mutuelle is 26, rue Drouot, 75009
Paris, France. The address for AXA is 25, avenue Matignon, 75008
Paris, France. The address for AXA Financial, Inc. is
1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104. |
|
(5) |
Includes 273,643 shares issuable upon exercise of currently
exercisable options. |
|
(6) |
Includes 60,493 shares issuable upon exercise of currently
exercisable options. |
|
(7) |
Includes 78,081 shares issuable upon exercise of currently
exercisable options. |
|
(8) |
Includes 82,133 shares issuable upon exercise of currently
exercisable options. |
|
(9) |
Includes 85,682 shares issuable upon exercise of currently
exercisable options. |
|
|
(10) |
Includes 20,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently
exercisable options. |
|
(11) |
Includes 5,000 shares held in a trust for the benefit of
Mr. Snells children. Mr. Snells spouse is
the trustee of the trust. Mr. Snell disclaims beneficial
ownership of these shares. |
100
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
Senior Credit Facility
General. On August 10, 2004 Commercial Vehicle
Group, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the
U.S. Borrowers) and certain foreign
subsidiaries of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. (collectively,
the Foreign Borrowers and together with the
U.S. Borrowers, the Borrowers) entered into a
senior credit facility with U.S. Bank National Association,
Comerica Bank and other lenders party thereto. The senior credit
facility, as amended, provides for (1) a
$100.0 million revolving credit facility; (2) a
$128.6 million U.S. term credit facility; and (3) a
£6.68 million foreign currency term credit facility.
We may borrow under the revolving credit facility in either
U.S. dollars or UK pound sterling (subject to a
£15.0 million cap). We used the proceeds of our senior
credit facility to refinance existing senior indebtedness and
for general corporate purposes, including working capital,
refinancings and the Mayflower and MWC acquisitions.
Interest Rates. Borrowings under the revolving credit
facility in U.S. dollars and the U.S. term loan credit facility
bear interest at a rate per annum equal to our choice of
(a) the Prime Rate (as defined in the senior credit
facility) plus an applicable margin, or (b) the
Eurocurrency Rate (as defined in the senior credit facility)
plus an applicable margin. Borrowings under the foreign currency
term loan credit facility or the revolving credit facility in UK
pound sterling bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the
Eurocurrency Rate plus the applicable margin.
As of September 30, 2005, we had term loan borrowings of
$39.0 million, bearing interest at a weighted average rate
of 6.0%, and revolving credit facility borrowings of
$2.6 million, bearing interest at a weighted average rate
of 6.8%. The margins applicable to senior credit facility adjust
on a sliding scale based on our Total Leverage Ratio (as defined
in the senior credit facility).
Security and Guarantees. All of the
U.S. Borrowers obligations under the senior credit
facility are secured by a pledge of all our equity securities
and the equity securities of our direct and indirect domestic
subsidiaries, substantially all of our tangible and intangible
assets and 65% of the equity securities of, or equity interest
in, certain of our foreign subsidiaries. All of the Foreign
Borrowers obligations under the senior credit facility are
secured by a 65% pledge by such Foreign Borrowers
securities and equity securities of, such entities subsidiaries.
All of the Foreign Borrowers obligations under the senior
credit facility are guaranteed by each of the other Foreign
Borrowers. The U.S. Borrowers are joint and severally
liable for each other U.S. Borrowers obligations
under the senior credit facility.
Covenants. Our senior credit facility contains certain
customary covenants, including: reporting and other affirmative
covenants; financial covenants, including required levels of
interest coverage, fixed charge coverage and total leverage, in
each case calculated based upon consolidated EBITDA (as defined
in the senior credit facility); restrictive covenants, including
limitations on other indebtedness, liens, fundamental changes,
asset sales, restricted payments, capital expenditures,
investments, prepayments, transactions with affiliates, sales
and leasebacks, negative pledges, and leases and other matters
customarily restricted in loan agreements.
Events of Default. Our senior credit facility contains
customary events of default, including, but not limited to,
failure to pay interest, principal or fees when due, any
material inaccuracy of any representation or warranty, failure
to comply with covenants, material cross default, insolvency,
bankruptcy events, material judgments, ERISA events, change of
control, change in nature of business, failure to maintain first
priority perfected security interest, invalidity of guarantee,
and loss of subordination. Certain of the defaults are subject
to exceptions, materiality qualifiers, grace periods and baskets
customary for senior credit facilities of this type.
Maturity. Prior to the maturity date, revolving loans may
be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed without penalty or premium.
The revolving credit facility is available until
January 31, 2010. Each of the U.S. term loan and the
foreign currency term loan is payable in increasing quarterly
installments commencing March 31, 2005, with the remainder
due on December 31, 2010.
101
Commitment Fees. We will pay a commitment fee to the
lenders, which is calculated at a rate per annum based on a
percentage of the difference between committed amounts and
amounts actually borrowed under the revolving credit facility
multiplied by the applicable margin, which is set based upon our
Total Leverage Ratio. The commitment fee is payable quarterly in
arrears.
Voluntary and Mandatory Prepayments. Voluntary
prepayments of amounts outstanding under the senior credit
facility are permitted at any time, without premium or penalty.
However, if prepayment is made with respect to a Eurodollar rate
loan and the prepayment is made on a date other than an interest
payment date, we must pay a fee to compensate the lenders for
losses incurred as a result of the prepayment.
We are required to prepay amounts outstanding under the senior
credit facility in an amount equal to 100% of the net proceeds
from certain asset sales by us or from the payment of any
insurance claim with respect to any of our assets, in each case,
subject to certain reinvestment provisions and limited
exceptions; up to 75% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the
senior credit facility) based on the Total Leverage Ratio; 100%
of the net proceeds from the issuance of any debt by us, subject
to certain exceptions, or the Secondary Offering (as defined in
the senior credit facility).
102
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. issued the Notes under an
Indenture dated July 6, 2005 (the Indenture)
among itself, the Subsidiary Guarantors and U.S. National
Bank Association, as Trustee, in a private transaction that was
not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities
Act. Any Notes that remain outstanding after completion of the
exchange offer, together with the Exchange Notes will be treated
as a single class of notes under the Indenture. The terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part
of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.
Certain terms used in this description are defined under the
subheading Certain Definitions. In this
description, the word Company refers only to
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and not to any of its
subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires, references
in this Description of the Notes to the
Notes include the Notes issued to the initial
purchasers in a private transaction that was not subject to the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange
Notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act.
The following description is only a summary of the material
provisions of the Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture
because it, not this description, defines your rights as holders
of these Notes. You may request copies of these agreements at
our address set forth under the heading Where You Can Find
More Information.
Brief Description of the Notes
These Notes:
|
|
|
|
|
are unsecured senior obligations of the Company; |
|
|
|
are senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated
Obligations of the Company; and |
|
|
|
are guaranteed by each Subsidiary Guarantor. |
Principal, Maturity and Interest
The Company issued the Notes initially in an aggregate principal
amount of $150.0 million. The Company will issue the Notes
in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The
Notes will mature on July 1, 2013. Subject to our
compliance with the covenant described under the subheading
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Indebtedness, we are permitted to issue an unlimited
additional aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time
under the Indenture (the Additional Notes). The
Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, will be treated as a
single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including
waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless
the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of the
Indenture and this Description of the Notes,
references to the Notes include any Additional Notes actually
issued.
Interest on these Notes will accrue at the rate of 8% per
annum and will be payable semiannually in arrears on
January 1 and July 1, commencing on January 1,
2006. We will make each interest payment to the holders of
record of these Notes on the immediately preceding
December 15 and June 15. We will pay interest on
overdue principal at 1% per annum in excess of the above
rate and will pay interest on overdue installments of interest
at such higher rate to the extent lawful.
Interest on these Notes will accrue from the date of original
issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
Optional Redemption
Except as set forth below, we will not be entitled to redeem the
Notes at our option prior to July 1, 2009.
On and after July 1, 2009, we will be entitled at our
option to redeem all or a portion of these Notes upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at the
redemption prices (expressed in percentages of
103
principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued interest
to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the
12-month period commencing on July 1 of the years set forth
below:
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
Redemption Price | |
|
|
| |
2009
|
|
|
104.00% |
|
2010
|
|
|
102.00% |
|
2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.00% |
|
In addition, any time prior to July 1, 2009, we will be
entitled at our option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes
at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
the Notes to be redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued and unpaid interest to, the redemption date (subject to
the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Notice of
such redemption must be mailed by first-class mail to each
Holders registered address, not less than 30 nor more than
60 days prior to the redemption date.
Prior to July 1, 2008, we will be entitled at our option on
one or more occasions to redeem Notes (which includes Additional
Notes, if any) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which
includes Additional Notes, if any) originally issued at a
redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount)
of 108%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption
date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity
Offerings; provided, however, that
(1) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of
Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such
redemption (other than Notes held, directly or indirectly, by
the Company or its Affiliates); and
(2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after
the date of the related Equity Offering.
Selection and Notice of Redemption
If we are redeeming less than all the Notes at any time, the
Trustee will select Notes on a pro rata basis to the extent
practicable.
We will redeem Notes of $1,000 or less in whole and not in part.
We will cause notices of redemption to be mailed by first-class
mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the
redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its
registered address.
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of
the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. We will issue a new
Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of
the original Note in the name of the holder upon cancelation of
the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the
date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date,
interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called
for redemption.
Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market
Purchases
We are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking
fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain
circumstances, we may be required to offer to purchase Notes as
described under the captions Change of
Control and Certain
Covenants Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock. We may at any time and from time to time
purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.
Guaranties
The Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally guarantee, on a
senior unsecured basis, our obligations under these Notes. The
obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary
Guaranty will be
104
limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guaranty from
constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See
Risk Factors Risks Related to the
Notes Federal and state statutes allow courts, under
specific circumstances, to void the guarantees, subordinate
claims in respect of the guarantees and require note holders to
return payments received from the guarantors.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its
Subsidiary Guaranty will be entitled upon payment in full of all
guarantied obligations under the Indenture to a contribution
from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such
other Subsidiary Guarantors pro rata portion of such
payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary
Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance
with GAAP.
If a Subsidiary Guaranty were rendered voidable, it could be
subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including
guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the applicable
Subsidiary Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such
indebtedness, a Subsidiary Guarantors liability on its
Subsidiary Guaranty could be reduced to zero. See Risk
Factors Not all of our subsidiaries are subsidiary
guarantors.
Pursuant to the Indenture, (A) a Subsidiary Guarantor may
consolidate with, merge with or into, or transfer all or
substantially all its assets to any other Person to the extent
described below under Certain
Covenants Merger and Consolidation and
(B) the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor may be sold
or otherwise disposed of to another Person to the extent
described below under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock; provided, however, that in the case of
the consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially
all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, if such other
Person is not the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, such
Subsidiary Guarantors obligations under its Subsidiary
Guaranty must be expressly assumed by such other Person, except
that such assumption will not be required in the case of:
|
|
|
(1) the sale or other disposition (including by way of
consolidation or merger) of a Subsidiary Guarantor, including
the sale or disposition of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary
Guarantor following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer
a Subsidiary; or |
|
|
(2) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the
assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor; |
in each case other than to the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company and as permitted by the Indenture and if in connection
therewith the Company provides an Officers Certificate to
the Trustee to the effect that the Company will comply with its
obligations under the covenant described under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock in respect of such disposition. Upon any
sale or disposition described in clause (1) or
(2) above, the obligor on the related Subsidiary Guaranty
will be released from its obligations thereunder.
The Subsidiary Guaranty of a Subsidiary Guarantor also will be
released:
|
|
|
(1) upon the designation of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; |
|
|
(2) at such time as such Subsidiary Guarantor does not have
any Indebtedness outstanding that would have required such
Subsidiary Guarantor to enter into a Guaranty Agreement pursuant
to the covenant described under Certain
Covenants Future Guarantors; or |
|
|
(3) if we exercise our legal defeasance option or our
covenant defeasance option as described under
Defeasance or if our obligations under
the Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture. |
Ranking
|
|
|
Senior Indebtedness versus Notes |
The indebtedness evidenced by these Notes and the Subsidiary
Guaranties is unsecured and ranks pari passu in right of payment
to the Senior Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors, as the case may be. The Notes are guaranteed by the
Subsidiary Guarantors.
105
As of September 30, 2005, the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors had Indebtedness of approximately
$177.8 million, including $27.8 million of secured
indebtedness.
The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. Secured debt
and other secured obligations of the Company (including
obligations with respect to the Credit Agreement) will be
effectively senior to the Notes to the extent of the value of
the assets securing such debt or other obligations.
|
|
|
Liabilities of Subsidiaries versus Notes |
All of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries.
Some of our subsidiaries do not Guarantee the Notes, and, as
described above under Guarantees,
Subsidiary Guaranties may be released under certain
circumstances. In addition, our future subsidiaries may not be
required to guarantee the Notes. Claims of creditors of such
non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors and
creditors holding indebtedness or Guarantees issued by such
non-guarantor subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders
of such non-guarantor subsidiaries generally will have priority
with respect to the assets and earnings of such non-guarantor
subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including holders
of the Notes. Accordingly, the Notes will be effectively
subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and
preferred stockholders, if any, of our non-guarantor
subsidiaries.
At September 30, 2005, the total liabilities of our
subsidiaries (other than the Subsidiary Guarantors) were
approximately $52.1 million, including trade payables.
Although the Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness and
preferred stock by certain of our subsidiaries, such limitation
is subject to a number of significant qualifications. Moreover,
the Indenture does not impose any limitation on the incurrence
by such subsidiaries of liabilities that are not considered
Indebtedness under the Indenture. See Certain
Covenants Limitation on Indebtedness.
Book-Entry, Delivery and Form
The Notes will be issued in registered, global form in minimum
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess of $1,000.
The Notes initially will be represented by one or more global
notes in registered form without interest coupons (collectively,
the Global Notes). The Global Notes will be
deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian for The
Depository Trust Company (DTC), in New York, New
York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each
case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect
participant in DTC as described below.
Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred,
in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a
successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the
Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes in certificated form
except in the limited circumstances described below. See
Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated
Notes. Except in the limited circumstances described
below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will
not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Notes in
certificated form. In addition, transfers of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the applicable
rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect
participants, which may change from time to time.
The following description of the operations and procedures of
DTC is provided solely as a matter of convenience. These
operations and procedures are solely within the control of the
respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by
them. We take no responsibility for these operations and
procedures and urge investors to contact the system or their
participants directly to discuss these matters.
DTC has advised us that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company
organized under the laws of the State of New York, a
banking organization within the meaning of the New
York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a
clearing corporation within the meaning of the
Uniform Commercial Code and a clearing agency
registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the
106
Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its
participating organizations (collectively, the
participants) and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of transactions in those securities between
participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts
of its participants. The participants include securities brokers
and dealers (including the initial purchasers), banks, trust
companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Access to DTCs system is also available to
other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly
(collectively, the indirect participants). Persons
who are not participants may beneficially own securities held by
or on behalf of DTC only through the participants or the
indirect participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers
of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of
DTC are recorded on the records of the participants and indirect
participants.
DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established
by it:
|
|
|
(1) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the
accounts of participants designated by the initial purchasers
with portions of the principal amount of the Global
Notes; and |
|
|
(2) ownership of these interests in the Global Notes will
be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests
will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with
respect to the participants) or by the participants and the
indirect participants (with respect to other owners of
beneficial interests in the Global Notes). |
Investors in the Global Notes who are participants in DTCs
system may hold their interests therein directly through DTC.
Investors in the Global Notes who are not participants may hold
their interests therein indirectly through organizations which
are participants in such system. All interests in a Global Note
may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. The
laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical
delivery in definitive form of securities that they own.
Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a
Global Note to such Persons will be limited to that extent.
Because DTC can act only on behalf of participants, which in
turn act on behalf of indirect participants, the ability of a
Person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge
such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC
system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests,
may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing
such interests.
Except as described below, owners of an interest in the
Global Notes will not have Notes registered in their names, will
not receive physical delivery of Notes in certificated form and
will not be considered the registered owners or
Holders thereof under the Indenture for any
purpose.
Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and
premium and additional interest, if any, on a Global Note
registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to
DTC in its capacity as the registered Holder under the
Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the
Trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the Notes,
including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners of the
Notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other
purposes. Consequently, neither the Company, the Trustee nor any
agent of the Company or the Trustee has or will have any
responsibility or liability for:
|
|
|
(1) any aspect of DTCs records or any
participants or indirect participants records
relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or
reviewing any of DTCs records or any participants or
indirect participants records relating to the beneficial
ownership interests in the Global Notes; or |
|
|
(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices
of DTC or any of its participants or indirect participants. |
DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of
any payment in respect of securities such as the Notes
(including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of
the relevant participants with the payment on the payment date
unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on
such payment date. Each relevant participant is credited with an
amount proportionate to its beneficial
107
ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant
security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the
participants and the indirect participants to the beneficial
owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions and
customary practices and will be the responsibility of the
participants or the indirect participants and will not be the
responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or the Company. Neither the
Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or
any of its participants in identifying the beneficial owners of
the Notes, and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely
on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or
its nominee for all purposes.
Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in
accordance with DTCs procedures, and will be settled in
same-day funds.
DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action
permitted to be taken by a Holder of Notes only at the direction
of one or more participants to whose account DTC has
credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect
of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
as to which such participant or participants has or have given
such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under
the Notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes
for legended Notes in certificated form, and to distribute such
Notes to its participants.
Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to
facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among
participants, it is under no obligation to perform such
procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued or changed
at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any of
their respective agents will have any responsibility for the
performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants
of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures
governing their operations.
|
|
|
Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes |
A Global Note is exchangeable for Certificated Notes if:
|
|
|
(1) DTC (A) notifies the Company that it is unwilling
or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or
(B) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not
appointed; |
|
|
(2) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in
writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the Certificated
Notes; or |
|
|
(3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default with
respect to the Notes. |
In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be
exchanged for Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given
to the Trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the
Indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in
exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global
Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any
approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the
depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).
|
|
|
Exchange of Certificated Notes for Global Notes |
Certificated Notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests
in any Global Note unless the transferor first delivers to the
Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the
Indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the
appropriate transfer restrictions, if any.
|
|
|
Same Day Settlement and Payment |
The Company will make payments in respect of the Notes
represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium,
if any, interest and additional interest, if any) by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts
specified by the Global Note Holder. The Company will make
all payments of principal, interest and premium and additional
interest, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts
specified by the Holders of the Certificated Notes or, if no
such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such
Holders registered
108
address. The Notes represented by the Global Notes are expected
to be eligible to trade in the PORTAL market and to trade in
DTCs Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted
secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore,
be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds.
The Company expects that secondary trading in any Certificated
Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.
Change of Control
Upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each a
Change of Control), each Holder shall have the right
to require that the Company repurchase such Holders Notes
at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal
amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right
of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date):
|
|
|
(1) any person (as such term is used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the
beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and
13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this
clause (1) such person shall be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of all shares that any such
person has the right to acquire, whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time),
directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting
power of the Voting Stock of the Company; |
|
|
(2) individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the Board
of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by
such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the
shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority
of the directors of the Company then still in office who were
either directors on the Issue Date or whose election or
nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for
any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors
then in office; |
|
|
(3) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company; or |
|
|
(4) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into
another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the
Company, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of
the Company (determined on a consolidated basis) to another
Person other than a transaction following which (i) in the
case of a merger or consolidation transaction, holders of
securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of the
Company immediately prior to such transaction (or other
securities into which such securities are converted as part of
such merger or consolidation transaction) own directly or
indirectly at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting
Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation
transaction immediately after such transaction and in
substantially the same proportion as before the transaction and
(ii) in the case of a sale of assets transaction, each
transferee becomes an obligor in respect of the Notes and a
Subsidiary of the transferor of such assets. |
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, we will
mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the
Change of Control Offer) stating:
|
|
|
(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such
Holder has the right to require us to purchase such
Holders Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment
date); |
|
|
(2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such
Change of Control (including information with respect to pro
forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization, in each
case after giving effect to such Change of Control); |
|
|
(3) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than
30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed); and |
109
|
|
|
(4) the instructions, as determined by us, consistent with
the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow in
order to have its Notes purchased. |
We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer
following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes
the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and
otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the
Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and
purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption
has been given pursuant to Indenture as described above under
Optional Redemption, unless and until
there is a default on the payment of the applicable redemption
price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a
Change of Control, conditioned on the consummation of the Change
of Control, if a definitive agreement is in effect for the
Change of Control at the time of the making of such Change of
Control Offer.
We will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements
of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase
of Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that
the provisions of any